Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | 959e5be | 2007-12-29 19:59:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #include "Sema.h" |
Anders Carlsson | c7436af | 2008-07-03 04:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "clang/AST/APValue.h" |
Chris Lattner | 33aad6e | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | 64789f8 | 2008-08-11 05:35:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
Chris Lattner | 6953a07 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h" |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" |
Steve Naroff | a9eae58 | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" |
| 24 | // FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) |
Chris Lattner | 33aad6e | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" |
Steve Naroff | a9eae58 | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 3967762 | 2008-12-11 20:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include <algorithm> |
| 30 | #include <functional> |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | using namespace clang; |
| 32 | |
Douglas Gregor | f2dbdca | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, |
| 34 | /// return the declaration of that type. |
| 35 | /// |
| 36 | /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II |
| 37 | /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an |
| 39 | /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that |
| 40 | /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | f2dbdca | 2009-02-04 19:16:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 41 | /// |
| 42 | /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain |
| 43 | /// and then return NULL. |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | Sema::TypeTy *Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | 1075a16 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | LookupResult Result = LookupParsedName(S, SS, &II, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 48 | false, false); |
Douglas Gregor | 29dfa2f | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | switch (Result.getKind()) { |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | case LookupResult::NotFound: |
| 51 | case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: |
| 52 | return 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 1075a16 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: |
| 55 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: |
| 56 | case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: |
| 57 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&II), NameLoc); |
| 58 | return 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 1075a16 | 2009-02-04 17:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | case LookupResult::Found: |
| 61 | IIDecl = Result.getAsDecl(); |
| 62 | break; |
Douglas Gregor | 29dfa2f | 2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 63 | } |
| 64 | |
Steve Naroff | a4e0498 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | if (IIDecl) { |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| 67 | // If this typename is deprecated, emit a warning. |
| 68 | DiagnoseUseOfDeprecatedDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
| 69 | |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | return Context.getTypeDeclType(TD).getAsOpaquePtr(); |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | } |
| 72 | |
| 73 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { |
| 74 | // If this typename is deprecated, emit a warning. |
| 75 | DiagnoseUseOfDeprecatedDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); |
| 76 | |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | return Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl).getAsOpaquePtr(); |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | } |
| 79 | |
| 80 | // Otherwise, could be a variable, function etc. |
Steve Naroff | a4e0498 | 2009-01-29 18:09:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 81 | } |
Steve Naroff | 81f1bba | 2007-09-06 21:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | } |
| 84 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | // A C++ out-of-line method will return to the file declaration context. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 881964b | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | if (MD->isOutOfLineDefinition()) |
| 89 | return MD->getLexicalDeclContext(); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | |
Chris Lattner | 2cb744b | 2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 91 | // A C++ inline method is parsed *after* the topmost class it was declared |
| 92 | // in is fully parsed (it's "complete"). |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | // The parsing of a C++ inline method happens at the declaration context of |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 9cd599b | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | // the topmost (non-nested) class it is lexically declared in. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | assert(isa<CXXRecordDecl>(MD->getParent()) && "C++ method not in Record."); |
| 96 | DC = MD->getParent(); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 9cd599b | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 98 | DC = RD; |
| 99 | |
| 100 | // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is |
| 101 | // declared in. |
| 102 | return DC; |
| 103 | } |
| 104 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 881964b | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 105 | if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) |
| 106 | return Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 107 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 9cd599b | 2008-11-19 18:01:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | return DC->getLexicalParent(); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | } |
| 110 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && |
Zhongxing Xu | 2c9b810 | 2008-12-08 07:14:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); |
Chris Lattner | ef87a20 | 2008-04-22 18:39:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | CurContext = DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | S->setEntity(DC); |
Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | } |
| 117 | |
Chris Lattner | f3874bc | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | void Sema::PopDeclContext() { |
| 119 | assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); |
Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | } |
| 123 | |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function |
| 125 | /// PrevDecl with another declaration. |
| 126 | /// |
| 127 | /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not |
| 128 | /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return |
| 129 | /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an |
| 130 | /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an |
| 131 | /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" |
| 132 | /// attribute. |
| 133 | static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Decl *PrevDecl, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 134 | if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 135 | return true; |
| 136 | |
| 137 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 138 | return true; |
| 139 | |
| 140 | return PrevDecl->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>() != 0; |
| 141 | } |
| 142 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 144 | void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S) { |
Douglas Gregor | d802838 | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing |
| 146 | // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this |
| 147 | // scope. |
| 148 | while (S->getEntity() && |
| 149 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) |
| 150 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 151 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | S->AddDecl(D); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be |
| 155 | // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted |
| 156 | // into any context. |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | CurContext->addDecl(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 158 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 | // C++ [basic.scope]p4: |
| 160 | // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or |
| 161 | // enumeration name that is not a typedef name and the other |
| 162 | // declarations shall all refer to the same object or |
| 163 | // enumerator, or all refer to functions and function templates; |
| 164 | // in this case the class name or enumeration name is hidden. |
| 165 | if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { |
| 166 | // We are pushing the name of a tag (enum or class). |
Douglas Gregor | 3a42313 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | if (CurContext->getLookupContext() |
| 168 | == TD->getDeclContext()->getLookupContext()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | // We're pushing the tag into the current context, which might |
| 170 | // require some reshuffling in the identifier resolver. |
| 171 | IdentifierResolver::iterator |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | I = IdResolver.begin(TD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | IEnd = IdResolver.end(); |
| 174 | if (I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S)) { |
| 175 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = *I; |
| 176 | for (; I != IEnd && isDeclInScope(*I, CurContext, S); |
| 177 | PrevDecl = *I, ++I) { |
| 178 | if (TD->declarationReplaces(*I)) { |
| 179 | // This is a redeclaration. Remove it from the chain and |
| 180 | // break out, so that we'll add in the shadowed |
| 181 | // declaration. |
| 182 | S->RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 183 | if (PrevDecl == *I) { |
| 184 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 185 | IdResolver.AddDecl(TD); |
| 186 | return; |
| 187 | } else { |
| 188 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); |
| 189 | break; |
| 190 | } |
| 191 | } |
| 192 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 193 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 194 | // There is already a declaration with the same name in the same |
| 195 | // scope, which is not a tag declaration. It must be found |
| 196 | // before we find the new declaration, so insert the new |
| 197 | // declaration at the end of the chain. |
| 198 | IdResolver.AddShadowedDecl(TD, PrevDecl); |
| 199 | |
| 200 | return; |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 202 | } |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && |
| 204 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(D, Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 205 | // We are pushing the name of a function, which might be an |
| 206 | // overloaded name. |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 207 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | IdentifierResolver::iterator Redecl |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | = std::find_if(IdResolver.begin(FD->getDeclName()), |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 210 | IdResolver.end(), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | std::bind1st(std::mem_fun(&NamedDecl::declarationReplaces), |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 212 | FD)); |
| 213 | if (Redecl != IdResolver.end()) { |
| 214 | // There is already a declaration of a function on our |
| 215 | // IdResolver chain. Replace it with this declaration. |
| 216 | S->RemoveDecl(*Redecl); |
| 217 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*Redecl); |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 218 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 219 | } |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | IdResolver.AddDecl(D); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | } |
| 223 | |
Steve Naroff | 9637a9b | 2007-10-09 22:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { |
Chris Lattner | a754990 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | if (S->decl_empty()) return; |
Douglas Gregor | dd86106 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 226 | assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && |
| 227 | "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 229 | for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); |
| 230 | I != E; ++I) { |
Steve Naroff | d21bc0d | 2007-09-13 18:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 231 | Decl *TmpD = static_cast<Decl*>(*I); |
| 232 | assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | a5c14b2 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 234 | assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); |
| 235 | NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | a5c14b2 | 2008-06-10 01:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; |
Chris Lattner | 2a1e2ed | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 238 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 239 | // Remove this name from our lexical scope. |
| 240 | IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 241 | } |
| 242 | } |
| 243 | |
Steve Naroff | e57c21a | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 244 | /// getObjCInterfaceDecl - Look up a for a class declaration in the scope. |
| 245 | /// return 0 if one not found. |
Steve Naroff | e57c21a | 2008-04-01 23:04:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 246 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *Id) { |
Steve Naroff | 1520816 | 2008-04-02 18:30:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 247 | // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in |
| 248 | // creation from this context. |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 249 | NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupName(TUScope, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Fariborz Jahanian | dc36dc1 | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | |
Steve Naroff | 6384a01 | 2008-04-02 14:35:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); |
Fariborz Jahanian | dc36dc1 | 2007-10-12 19:38:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | } |
| 253 | |
Douglas Gregor | 5eca99e | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting |
| 255 | /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes |
| 256 | /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and |
| 257 | /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but |
| 258 | /// ill-formed in C++: |
| 259 | /// @code |
| 260 | /// struct S6 { |
| 261 | /// enum { BAR } e; |
| 262 | /// }; |
| 263 | /// |
| 264 | /// void test_S6() { |
| 265 | /// struct S6 a; |
| 266 | /// a.e = BAR; |
| 267 | /// } |
| 268 | /// @endcode |
| 269 | /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different |
| 270 | /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration |
| 271 | /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated |
| 272 | /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent |
| 273 | /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this |
| 274 | /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the |
| 275 | /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot |
| 276 | /// contain non-field names. |
| 277 | Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { |
| 278 | while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 279 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 280 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || |
| 281 | (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) |
| 282 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 283 | return S; |
| 284 | } |
| 285 | |
Chris Lattner | a9c87f2 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 286 | void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { |
Anders Carlsson | 3676033 | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 287 | if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) |
| 288 | return; |
| 289 | |
| 290 | IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupName(TUScope, VaIdent, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Steve Naroff | bc8c52e | 2007-10-18 22:17:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 292 | TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); |
Anders Carlsson | 3676033 | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 293 | Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); |
| 294 | } |
| 295 | |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at |
| 297 | /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true |
| 298 | /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the |
| 299 | /// built-in. |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 302 | SourceLocation Loc) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 303 | Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; |
| 304 | |
Chris Lattner | b23469f | 2008-09-28 05:54:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) |
Anders Carlsson | 3676033 | 2007-10-15 20:28:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 306 | InitBuiltinVaListType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 307 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1fa246d | 2009-02-14 01:52:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 308 | Builtin::Context::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; |
| 309 | QualType R = Context.BuiltinInfo.GetBuiltinType(BID, Context, Error); |
| 310 | switch (Error) { |
| 311 | case Builtin::Context::GE_None: |
| 312 | // Okay |
| 313 | break; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | case Builtin::Context::GE_Missing_FILE: |
| 316 | if (ForRedeclaration) |
| 317 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) |
| 318 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 319 | return 0; |
| 320 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 321 | |
| 322 | if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { |
| 323 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 324 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) |
| 325 | << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 2e8a7aa | 2009-02-16 21:58:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 326 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 327 | Diags.getDiagnosticMapping(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) |
| 328 | != diag::MAP_IGNORE) |
| 329 | Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) |
| 330 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) |
| 331 | << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); |
| 332 | } |
| 333 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 9d0d8bf | 2008-04-17 14:47:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, |
| 335 | Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | Loc, II, R, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | FunctionDecl::Extern, false); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | New->setImplicit(); |
| 339 | |
Chris Lattner | a9c87f2 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 341 | // FunctionDecl. |
| 342 | if (FunctionTypeProto *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeProto>(R)) { |
| 343 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 344 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) |
| 345 | Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 346 | FT->getArgType(i), VarDecl::None, 0)); |
Ted Kremenek | 8494c96 | 2009-01-14 00:42:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 347 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
Chris Lattner | a9c87f2 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | } |
| 349 | |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); |
Chris Lattner | a9c87f2 | 2008-05-05 22:18:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | |
Chris Lattner | 2a1e2ed | 2008-04-11 07:00:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. |
Douglas Gregor | d394a27 | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to |
| 354 | // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext |
| 355 | // entirely, but we're not there yet. |
| 356 | DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; |
| 357 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 59a9afb | 2008-05-09 23:39:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); |
Douglas Gregor | d394a27 | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | CurContext = SavedContext; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | return New; |
| 361 | } |
| 362 | |
Sebastian Redl | b93b49c | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 363 | /// GetStdNamespace - This method gets the C++ "std" namespace. This is where |
| 364 | /// everything from the standard library is defined. |
| 365 | NamespaceDecl *Sema::GetStdNamespace() { |
| 366 | if (!StdNamespace) { |
Chris Lattner | f093960 | 2008-11-20 05:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | IdentifierInfo *StdIdent = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("std"); |
Sebastian Redl | b93b49c | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | DeclContext *Global = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | Decl *Std = LookupQualifiedName(Global, StdIdent, LookupNamespaceName); |
Sebastian Redl | b93b49c | 2008-11-11 11:37:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 370 | StdNamespace = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(Std); |
| 371 | } |
| 372 | return StdNamespace; |
| 373 | } |
| 374 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | /// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the |
| 376 | /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out |
| 377 | /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting |
| 378 | /// diagnostics as appropriate. Returns true if there was an error, |
| 379 | /// false otherwise. |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 380 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 381 | bool Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 382 | bool objc_types = false; |
Steve Naroff | 453a878 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 383 | // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. |
| 384 | // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! |
| 385 | if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { |
Chris Lattner | 6d16b05 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 386 | const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); |
| 387 | switch (TypeID->getLength()) { |
| 388 | default: break; |
| 389 | case 2: |
| 390 | if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) |
| 391 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 453a878 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | Context.setObjCIdType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | objc_types = true; |
| 394 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 6d16b05 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 395 | case 5: |
| 396 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) |
| 397 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 453a878 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | Context.setObjCClassType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 400 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 6d16b05 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | case 3: |
| 402 | if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) |
| 403 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 453a878 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 404 | Context.setObjCSelType(New); |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 406 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 6d16b05 | 2008-11-20 05:41:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | case 8: |
| 408 | if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) |
| 409 | break; |
Steve Naroff | 453a878 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 410 | Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 411 | objc_types = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 412 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | 453a878 | 2008-09-09 14:32:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 413 | } |
| 414 | // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. |
| 415 | } |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 416 | // Verify the old decl was also a type. |
| 417 | TypeDecl *Old = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(OldD); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 418 | if (!Old) { |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 419 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 420 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 421 | if (!objc_types) |
| 422 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | } |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | |
| 426 | // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. |
| 427 | QualType OldType; |
| 428 | if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) |
| 429 | OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 430 | else |
| 431 | OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); |
| 432 | |
Chris Lattner | bef8d62 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 433 | // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and |
| 434 | // with any extensions enabled. |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 435 | |
| 436 | if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && |
| 437 | Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != |
Chris Lattner | bef8d62 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 438 | Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { |
Chris Lattner | 8d75681 | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; |
Fariborz Jahanian | de93967 | 2009-01-16 19:58:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | if (!objc_types) |
| 442 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | bef8d62 | 2008-07-25 18:44:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | if (objc_types) return false; |
| 446 | if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) return false; |
Eli Friedman | 324d503 | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | |
Douglas Gregor | 49ba1b7 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 448 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: |
| 449 | // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to |
| 450 | // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer |
| 451 | // to the type to which it already refers. |
| 452 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 453 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | 49ba1b7 | 2008-11-21 16:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 454 | |
| 455 | // In C, redeclaration of a type is a constraint violation (6.7.2.3p1). |
Steve Naroff | a9eae58 | 2008-01-30 23:46:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 456 | // Apparently GCC, Intel, and Sun all silently ignore the redeclaration if |
| 457 | // *either* declaration is in a system header. The code below implements |
| 458 | // this adhoc compatibility rule. FIXME: The following code will not |
| 459 | // work properly when compiling ".i" files (containing preprocessed output). |
Daniel Dunbar | 4dbd857 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | if (PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings()) { |
| 461 | SourceManager &SrcMgr = Context.getSourceManager(); |
| 462 | if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation())) |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 4dbd857 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | if (SrcMgr.isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())) |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 4dbd857 | 2008-09-12 18:10:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | } |
Eli Friedman | 324d503 | 2008-06-11 06:20:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 468 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 471 | } |
| 472 | |
Chris Lattner | 6953a07 | 2008-06-26 18:38:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 473 | /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target |
| 474 | /// attribute. |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *decl, const Attr *target) { |
| 476 | for (const Attr *attr = decl->getAttrs(); attr; attr = attr->getNext()) |
| 477 | if (attr->getKind() == target->getKind()) |
| 478 | return true; |
| 479 | |
| 480 | return false; |
| 481 | } |
| 482 | |
| 483 | /// MergeAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. |
| 484 | static void MergeAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old) { |
| 485 | Attr *attr = const_cast<Attr*>(Old->getAttrs()), *tmp; |
| 486 | |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | while (attr) { |
Douglas Gregor | fa3a832 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | tmp = attr; |
| 489 | attr = attr->getNext(); |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | |
Douglas Gregor | fa3a832 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | if (!DeclHasAttr(New, tmp) && tmp->isMerged()) { |
| 492 | tmp->setInherited(true); |
| 493 | New->addAttr(tmp); |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | fa3a832 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 495 | tmp->setNext(0); |
| 496 | delete(tmp); |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | } |
| 498 | } |
Nuno Lopes | 7765434 | 2008-06-01 22:53:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 499 | |
| 500 | Old->invalidateAttrs(); |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 501 | } |
| 502 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from |
| 504 | /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous |
| 505 | /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, |
| 506 | /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | /// |
| 508 | /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not |
| 509 | /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are |
| 510 | /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be |
| 511 | /// merged with. |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | /// |
| 513 | /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. |
| 514 | bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | assert(!isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD) && |
| 516 | "Cannot merge with an overloaded function declaration"); |
| 517 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | // Verify the old decl was also a function. |
| 519 | FunctionDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); |
| 520 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | 8d75681 | 2008-11-20 06:13:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 521 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | } |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | |
| 527 | // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, |
| 528 | // implicit declaration, or a declaration. |
| 529 | diag::kind PrevDiag; |
| 530 | if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 531 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | else if (Old->isImplicit()) |
| 533 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; |
| 534 | else |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 535 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | |
Chris Lattner | 42a2174 | 2008-04-06 23:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); |
| 538 | QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 60476ff | 2007-11-20 19:04:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 539 | |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 541 | // (C++98 13.1p2): |
| 542 | // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: |
| 543 | // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type |
| 544 | // cannot be overloaded. |
| 545 | QualType OldReturnType |
| 546 | = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 547 | QualType NewReturnType |
| 548 | = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); |
| 549 | if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { |
| 550 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | } |
| 554 | |
| 555 | const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); |
| 556 | const CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); |
| 557 | if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { |
| 558 | // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the |
| 559 | // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them |
| 560 | // is a static member function declaration. |
| 561 | if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { |
| 562 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 563 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 564 | return true; |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | } |
Douglas Gregor | b921383 | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | |
| 567 | // C++ [class.mem]p1: |
| 568 | // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the |
| 569 | // member-specification, except that a nested class or member |
| 570 | // class template can be declared and then later defined. |
| 571 | if (OldMethod->getLexicalDeclContext() == |
| 572 | NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()) { |
| 573 | unsigned NewDiag; |
| 574 | if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) |
| 575 | NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; |
| 576 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 577 | NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; |
| 578 | else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) |
| 579 | NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; |
| 580 | else |
| 581 | NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; |
| 582 | |
| 583 | Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 584 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | b921383 | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | } |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 586 | } |
| 587 | |
| 588 | // (C++98 8.3.5p3): |
| 589 | // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the |
| 590 | // return type and the parameter-type-list. |
| 591 | if (OldQType == NewQType) { |
| 592 | // We have a redeclaration. |
| 593 | MergeAttributes(New, Old); |
Douglas Gregor | d2baafd | 2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); |
| 595 | } |
| 596 | |
| 597 | // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. |
Douglas Gregor | 42214c5 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | } |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | |
| 600 | // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles |
Steve Naroff | 1d5bd64 | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Eli Friedman | 0d9549b | 2008-08-22 00:56:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 603 | Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { |
Douglas Gregor | f119670 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAsFunctionType(); |
| 605 | const FunctionTypeProto *OldProto = 0; |
| 606 | if (isa<FunctionTypeNoProto>(NewFuncType) && |
| 607 | (OldProto = OldQType->getAsFunctionTypeProto())) { |
| 608 | // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the |
| 609 | // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. |
| 610 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 611 | OldProto->arg_type_end()); |
| 612 | NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), |
| 613 | &ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes.size(), |
| 614 | OldProto->isVariadic(), |
| 615 | OldProto->getTypeQuals()); |
| 616 | New->setType(NewQType); |
| 617 | New->setInheritedPrototype(); |
Douglas Gregor | ca9f52e | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 618 | |
| 619 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 620 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 621 | for (FunctionTypeProto::arg_type_iterator |
| 622 | ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), |
| 623 | ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); |
| 624 | ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { |
| 625 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, |
| 626 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 627 | *ParamType, VarDecl::None, |
| 628 | 0); |
| 629 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 630 | Params.push_back(Param); |
| 631 | } |
| 632 | |
| 633 | New->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 634 | |
Douglas Gregor | f119670 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 635 | } |
| 636 | |
Douglas Gregor | 42214c5 | 2008-04-21 02:02:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | MergeAttributes(New, Old); |
Douglas Gregor | f119670 | 2009-02-16 18:20:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1470b07 | 2007-11-06 06:07:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | |
Steve Naroff | 6c9e792 | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined |
| 643 | // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 645 | // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible |
| 646 | // signature. |
| 647 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
| 648 | // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined |
| 649 | // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the |
| 650 | // redeclaration, then ignore it. |
| 651 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; |
| 652 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) |
| 653 | << Old << Old->getType(); |
| 654 | return false; |
| 655 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6c9e792 | 2008-01-16 15:01:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 656 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; |
| 658 | } |
| 659 | |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | } |
| 664 | |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | /// Predicate for C "tentative" external object definitions (C99 6.9.2). |
Steve Naroff | d580209 | 2008-08-10 15:28:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | static bool isTentativeDefinition(VarDecl *VD) { |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 668 | return (!VD->getInit() && |
| 669 | (VD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || |
| 670 | VD->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static)); |
| 671 | return false; |
| 672 | } |
| 673 | |
| 674 | /// CheckForFileScopedRedefinitions - Make sure we forgo redefinition errors |
| 675 | /// when dealing with C "tentative" external object definitions (C99 6.9.2). |
| 676 | void Sema::CheckForFileScopedRedefinitions(Scope *S, VarDecl *VD) { |
| 677 | bool VDIsTentative = isTentativeDefinition(VD); |
Steve Naroff | 4b6bd3c | 2008-08-10 15:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 678 | bool VDIsIncompleteArray = VD->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType(); |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | |
Douglas Gregor | 3a42313 | 2009-01-07 16:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | // FIXME: I don't think this will actually see all of the |
Douglas Gregor | 6e71edc | 2008-12-23 21:05:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | // redefinitions. Can't we check this property on-the-fly? |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 682 | for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(VD->getIdentifier()), |
| 683 | E = IdResolver.end(); |
| 684 | I != E; ++I) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 90842b6 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | if (*I != VD && isDeclInScope(*I, VD->getDeclContext(), S)) { |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | VarDecl *OldDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(*I); |
| 687 | |
Steve Naroff | 4b6bd3c | 2008-08-10 15:20:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | // Handle the following case: |
| 689 | // int a[10]; |
| 690 | // int a[]; - the code below makes sure we set the correct type. |
| 691 | // int a[11]; - this is an error, size isn't 10. |
| 692 | if (OldDecl && VDIsTentative && VDIsIncompleteArray && |
| 693 | OldDecl->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) |
| 694 | VD->setType(OldDecl->getType()); |
| 695 | |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | // Check for "tentative" definitions. We can't accomplish this in |
| 697 | // MergeVarDecl since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
| 698 | if (!OldDecl || isTentativeDefinition(OldDecl) || VDIsTentative) |
| 699 | continue; |
| 700 | |
| 701 | // Handle __private_extern__ just like extern. |
| 702 | if (OldDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && |
| 703 | OldDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern && |
| 704 | VD->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && |
| 705 | VD->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern) { |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 706 | Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VD->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Sebastian Redl | c5d4469 | 2009-02-08 10:49:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | // One redefinition error is enough. |
| 709 | break; |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | } |
| 711 | } |
| 712 | } |
| 713 | } |
| 714 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name |
| 716 | /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this |
| 717 | /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. |
| 718 | /// |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by |
| 720 | /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative |
| 721 | /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 722 | /// |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | bool Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 724 | // Verify the old decl was also a variable. |
| 725 | VarDecl *Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldD); |
| 726 | if (!Old) { |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 730 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | } |
Chris Lattner | 402b337 | 2008-03-03 03:28:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | |
| 733 | MergeAttributes(New, Old); |
| 734 | |
Eli Friedman | 4a480d6 | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | // Merge the types |
| 736 | QualType MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); |
| 737 | if (MergedT.isNull()) { |
Douglas Gregor | d167538 | 2009-01-09 19:42:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) |
| 739 | << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 742 | } |
Eli Friedman | 4a480d6 | 2009-01-24 23:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | New->setType(MergedT); |
Steve Naroff | b00247f | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. |
| 745 | if (New->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static && |
| 746 | (Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::None || |
| 747 | Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern)) { |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | b00247f | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 751 | } |
| 752 | // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. |
| 753 | if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Static && |
| 754 | Old->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | b00247f | 2008-01-30 00:44:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | } |
Steve Naroff | 2f3c443 | 2008-09-17 14:05:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. |
| 760 | if (New->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && !New->isFileVarDecl()) { |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 763 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 765 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | } |
| 767 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 768 | /// CheckParmsForFunctionDef - Check that the parameters of the given |
| 769 | /// function are appropriate for the definition of a function. This |
| 770 | /// takes care of any checks that cannot be performed on the |
| 771 | /// declaration itself, e.g., that the types of each of the function |
| 772 | /// parameters are complete. |
| 773 | bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 774 | bool HasInvalidParm = false; |
| 775 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 776 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
| 777 | |
| 778 | // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a |
| 779 | // function declarator that is part of a function definition of |
| 780 | // that function shall not have incomplete type. |
Douglas Gregor | 46fe06e | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 781 | if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 782 | DiagnoseIncompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(), |
| 783 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 784 | Param->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 785 | HasInvalidParm = true; |
| 786 | } |
Chris Lattner | b0b42f6 | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 787 | |
| 788 | // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the |
| 789 | // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier. |
Douglas Gregor | ca9f52e | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 790 | if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 && |
| 791 | !Param->isImplicit() && |
| 792 | !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Chris Lattner | b0b42f6 | 2008-12-17 07:32:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted); |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 794 | } |
| 795 | |
| 796 | return HasInvalidParm; |
| 797 | } |
| 798 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with |
| 800 | /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. |
| 801 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS) { |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | TagDecl *Tag = 0; |
| 803 | if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || |
| 804 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || |
| 805 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || |
| 806 | DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) |
| 807 | Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(static_cast<Decl *>(DS.getTypeRep())); |
| 808 | |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 809 | if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 810 | if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && |
| 811 | DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
| 812 | return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, Record); |
| 813 | |
| 814 | // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain |
| 815 | // about them. |
| 816 | // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? |
| 817 | if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) |
| 818 | return Tag; |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | |
Douglas Gregor | d406b03 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && |
| 822 | DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { |
Douglas Gregor | edd94e9 | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 823 | // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an |
| 824 | // extension in both Microsoft an GNU. |
Douglas Gregor | 72de849 | 2009-01-17 02:55:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 825 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && |
| 826 | Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { |
Douglas Gregor | edd94e9 | 2009-01-22 16:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 827 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) |
Douglas Gregor | 80c720e | 2009-01-13 23:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 828 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 829 | return Tag; |
| 830 | } |
| 831 | |
Sebastian Redl | b7605e8 | 2008-12-28 15:28:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_no_declarators) |
| 833 | << DS.getSourceRange(); |
| 834 | return 0; |
| 835 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | return Tag; |
| 838 | } |
| 839 | |
| 840 | /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the |
| 841 | /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner |
| 842 | /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize |
| 843 | /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or |
| 844 | /// struct, e.g., |
| 845 | /// |
| 846 | /// @code |
| 847 | /// union { |
| 848 | /// int i; |
| 849 | /// float f; |
| 850 | /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and |
| 851 | /// // f into the surrounding scope.x |
| 852 | /// @endcode |
| 853 | /// |
| 854 | /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous |
| 855 | /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. |
| 856 | bool Sema::InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 857 | RecordDecl *AnonRecord) { |
| 858 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 859 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), |
| 860 | FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); |
| 861 | F != FEnd; ++F) { |
| 862 | if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), |
| 864 | LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 866 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 867 | // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be |
| 868 | // distinct from the names of any other entity in the |
| 869 | // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. |
| 870 | unsigned diagKind |
| 871 | = AnonRecord->isUnion()? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl |
| 872 | : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; |
| 873 | Diag((*F)->getLocation(), diagKind) |
| 874 | << (*F)->getDeclName(); |
| 875 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 876 | Invalid = true; |
| 877 | } else { |
| 878 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 879 | // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union |
| 880 | // definition, the members of the anonymous union are |
| 881 | // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the |
| 882 | // anonymous union is declared. |
Douglas Gregor | 9ac66d2 | 2009-01-20 16:54:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | S->AddDecl(*F); |
| 885 | IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); |
| 886 | } |
| 887 | } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType |
| 888 | = (*F)->getType()->getAsRecordType()) { |
| 889 | RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); |
| 890 | if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) |
| 891 | Invalid = Invalid || |
| 892 | InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, InnerRecord); |
| 893 | } |
| 894 | } |
| 895 | |
| 896 | return Invalid; |
| 897 | } |
| 898 | |
| 899 | /// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an |
| 900 | /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature |
| 901 | /// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures |
| 902 | /// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. |
| 903 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 904 | RecordDecl *Record) { |
| 905 | DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); |
| 906 | |
| 907 | // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. |
| 908 | if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 909 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); |
| 910 | else if (!Record->isUnion()) |
| 911 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); |
| 912 | |
| 913 | // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous |
| 914 | // structs/unions. |
| 915 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 916 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 917 | const char* PrevSpec = 0; |
| 918 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 919 | // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the |
| 920 | // global namespace shall be declared static. |
| 921 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && |
| 922 | (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || |
| 923 | (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && |
| 924 | cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { |
| 925 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); |
| 926 | Invalid = true; |
| 927 | |
| 928 | // Recover by adding 'static'. |
| 929 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), PrevSpec); |
| 930 | } |
| 931 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 932 | // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an |
| 933 | // anonymous union in a class scope. |
| 934 | else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && |
| 935 | isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 936 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 937 | diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); |
| 938 | Invalid = true; |
| 939 | |
| 940 | // Recover by removing the storage specifier. |
| 941 | DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), |
| 942 | PrevSpec); |
| 943 | } |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 944 | |
| 945 | // C++ [class.union]p2: |
| 946 | // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only |
| 947 | // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and |
| 948 | // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] |
| 949 | for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), |
| 950 | MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); |
| 951 | Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { |
| 952 | if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 953 | // C++ [class.union]p3: |
| 954 | // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected |
| 955 | // members (clause 11). |
| 956 | if (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected || FD->getAccess() == AS_private) { |
| 957 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) |
| 958 | << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); |
| 959 | Invalid = true; |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { |
| 962 | // Any implicit members are fine. |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { |
| 964 | // This is a type that showed up in an |
| 965 | // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or |
| 966 | // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the |
| 967 | // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { |
| 969 | if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && |
| 970 | MemRecord->getDeclName()) { |
| 971 | // This is a nested type declaration. |
| 972 | Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) |
| 973 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 974 | Invalid = true; |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | } else { |
| 977 | // We have something that isn't a non-static data |
| 978 | // member. Complain about it. |
| 979 | unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; |
| 980 | if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 981 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; |
| 982 | else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 983 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; |
| 984 | else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) |
| 985 | DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; |
| 986 | Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) |
| 987 | << (int)Record->isUnion(); |
| 988 | Invalid = true; |
| 989 | } |
| 990 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | } else { |
| 992 | // FIXME: Check GNU C semantics |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | if (Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
| 994 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_member) |
| 995 | << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; |
| 996 | Invalid = true; |
| 997 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | } |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1001 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) |
| 1002 | << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | Invalid = true; |
| 1004 | } |
| 1005 | |
| 1006 | // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | NamedDecl *Anon = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { |
| 1009 | Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1010 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1011 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1012 | /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1013 | Anon->setAccess(AS_public); |
| 1014 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1015 | FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | } else { |
| 1017 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1018 | switch (DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1019 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1020 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1021 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1022 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1023 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1024 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1025 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1026 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1027 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1028 | // an error here |
| 1029 | Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1030 | Invalid = true; |
| 1031 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1032 | break; |
| 1033 | } |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), |
| 1036 | /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, |
| 1037 | Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | SC, DS.getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | } |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | Anon->setImplicit(); |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | |
| 1042 | // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current |
| 1043 | // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of |
| 1044 | // its members. |
Douglas Gregor | 03b2ad2 | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | Owner->addDecl(Anon); |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 | |
| 1047 | // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning |
| 1048 | // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup |
| 1049 | // purposes. |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(S, Owner, Record)) |
| 1051 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1052 | |
| 1053 | // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not |
| 1054 | // do this until after we have already checked and injected the |
| 1055 | // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise |
| 1056 | // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it |
| 1057 | // builds its lookup table, and once by |
| 1058 | // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. |
| 1059 | Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); |
| 1060 | |
| 1061 | if (Invalid) |
| 1062 | Anon->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | return Anon; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1065 | } |
| 1066 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | bool Sema::CheckSingleInitializer(Expr *&Init, QualType DeclType, |
| 1068 | bool DirectInit) { |
Steve Naroff | e14e554 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | // Get the type before calling CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(), since |
| 1070 | // it can promote the expression. |
Chris Lattner | 005ed75 | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1071 | QualType InitType = Init->getType(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6fd3557 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 1074 | // FIXME: I dislike this error message. A lot. |
| 1075 | if (PerformImplicitConversion(Init, DeclType, "initializing", DirectInit)) |
| 1076 | return Diag(Init->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
| 1077 | diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible) |
| 1078 | << DeclType << Init->getType() << "initializing" |
| 1079 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | return false; |
| 1082 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 6fd3557 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1083 | |
Chris Lattner | 005ed75 | 2008-01-04 18:04:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1084 | AssignConvertType ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(DeclType, Init); |
| 1085 | return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Init->getLocStart(), DeclType, |
| 1086 | InitType, Init, "initializing"); |
Steve Naroff | e14e554 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | } |
| 1088 | |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | bool Sema::CheckStringLiteralInit(StringLiteral *strLiteral, QualType &DeclT) { |
Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(DeclT); |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | // C99 6.7.8p14. We have an array of character type with unknown size |
| 1094 | // being initialized to a string literal. |
| 1095 | llvm::APSInt ConstVal(32); |
| 1096 | ConstVal = strLiteral->getByteLength() + 1; |
| 1097 | // Return a new array type (C99 6.7.8p22). |
Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | DeclT = Context.getConstantArrayType(IAT->getElementType(), ConstVal, |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | } else { |
| 1101 | const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT); |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | // C99 6.7.8p14. We have an array of character type with known size. |
Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | // FIXME: Avoid truncation for 64-bit length strings. |
| 1104 | if (strLiteral->getByteLength() > (unsigned)CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()) |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | Diag(strLiteral->getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
Chris Lattner | 9d2cf08 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | diag::warn_initializer_string_for_char_array_too_long) |
| 1107 | << strLiteral->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | } |
| 1109 | // Set type from "char *" to "constant array of char". |
| 1110 | strLiteral->setType(DeclT); |
| 1111 | // For now, we always return false (meaning success). |
| 1112 | return false; |
| 1113 | } |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | StringLiteral *Sema::IsStringLiteralInit(Expr *Init, QualType DeclType) { |
Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1116 | const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(DeclType); |
Steve Naroff | f3cb514 | 2008-01-25 00:51:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | if (AT && AT->getElementType()->isCharType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 37704be | 2009-01-24 17:47:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | return dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreParens()); |
Steve Naroff | f3cb514 | 2008-01-25 00:51:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | } |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | return 0; |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | bool Sema::CheckInitializerTypes(Expr *&Init, QualType &DeclType, |
| 1124 | SourceLocation InitLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | DeclarationName InitEntity, |
| 1126 | bool DirectInit) { |
Douglas Gregor | f1ae3e0 | 2008-12-18 21:49:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | if (DeclType->isDependentType() || Init->isTypeDependent()) |
| 1128 | return false; |
| 1129 | |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p1: |
Sebastian Redl | 51504af | 2008-11-24 20:06:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | // A variable declared to be a T&, that is "reference to type T" |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | // (8.3.2), shall be initialized by an object, or function, of |
| 1133 | // type T or by an object that can be converted into a T. |
| 1134 | if (DeclType->isReferenceType()) |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | return CheckReferenceInit(Init, DeclType, 0, false, DirectInit); |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | |
Steve Naroff | 8e9337f | 2008-01-21 23:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1137 | // C99 6.7.8p3: The type of the entity to be initialized shall be an array |
| 1138 | // of unknown size ("[]") or an object type that is not a variable array type. |
Chris Lattner | a1923f6 | 2008-08-04 07:31:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(DeclType)) |
Chris Lattner | 9d2cf08 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | return Diag(InitLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init) |
| 1141 | << VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | 8e9337f | 2008-01-21 23:53:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | |
Steve Naroff | cb69fb7 | 2007-12-10 22:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init); |
| 1144 | if (!InitList) { |
Steve Naroff | 0d4e6ad | 2008-01-22 00:55:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | // FIXME: Handle wide strings |
| 1146 | if (StringLiteral *strLiteral = IsStringLiteralInit(Init, DeclType)) |
| 1147 | return CheckStringLiteralInit(strLiteral, DeclType); |
Eli Friedman | 6528099 | 2008-02-08 00:48:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | // C++ [dcl.init]p14: |
| 1150 | // -- If the destination type is a (possibly cv-qualified) class |
| 1151 | // type: |
| 1152 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && DeclType->isRecordType()) { |
| 1153 | QualType DeclTypeC = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclType); |
| 1154 | QualType InitTypeC = Context.getCanonicalType(Init->getType()); |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | // -- If the initialization is direct-initialization, or if it is |
| 1157 | // copy-initialization where the cv-unqualified version of the |
| 1158 | // source type is the same class as, or a derived class of, the |
| 1159 | // class of the destination, constructors are considered. |
| 1160 | if ((DeclTypeC.getUnqualifiedType() == InitTypeC.getUnqualifiedType()) || |
| 1161 | IsDerivedFrom(InitTypeC, DeclTypeC)) { |
| 1162 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor |
| 1163 | = PerformInitializationByConstructor(DeclType, &Init, 1, |
| 1164 | InitLoc, Init->getSourceRange(), |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | InitEntity, |
| 1166 | DirectInit? IK_Direct : IK_Copy); |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1167 | return Constructor == 0; |
| 1168 | } |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | // -- Otherwise (i.e., for the remaining copy-initialization |
| 1171 | // cases), user-defined conversion sequences that can |
| 1172 | // convert from the source type to the destination type or |
| 1173 | // (when a conversion function is used) to a derived class |
| 1174 | // thereof are enumerated as described in 13.3.1.4, and the |
| 1175 | // best one is chosen through overload resolution |
| 1176 | // (13.3). If the conversion cannot be done or is |
| 1177 | // ambiguous, the initialization is ill-formed. The |
| 1178 | // function selected is called with the initializer |
| 1179 | // expression as its argument; if the function is a |
| 1180 | // constructor, the call initializes a temporary of the |
| 1181 | // destination type. |
| 1182 | // FIXME: We're pretending to do copy elision here; return to |
| 1183 | // this when we have ASTs for such things. |
Douglas Gregor | 6fd3557 | 2008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | if (!PerformImplicitConversion(Init, DeclType, "initializing")) |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 70b93d8 | 2008-11-18 22:52:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | |
Douglas Gregor | 62ae25a | 2008-12-24 00:01:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1187 | if (InitEntity) |
| 1188 | return Diag(InitLoc, diag::err_cannot_initialize_decl) |
| 1189 | << InitEntity << (int)(Init->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) |
| 1190 | << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
| 1191 | else |
| 1192 | return Diag(InitLoc, diag::err_cannot_initialize_decl_noname) |
| 1193 | << DeclType << (int)(Init->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid) |
| 1194 | << Init->getType() << Init->getSourceRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1195 | } |
| 1196 | |
Steve Naroff | b2f7241 | 2008-09-29 20:07:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | // C99 6.7.8p16. |
Eli Friedman | 6528099 | 2008-02-08 00:48:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | if (DeclType->isArrayType()) |
Chris Lattner | 9d2cf08 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | return Diag(Init->getLocStart(), diag::err_array_init_list_required) |
| 1200 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
Eli Friedman | 6528099 | 2008-02-08 00:48:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | return CheckSingleInitializer(Init, DeclType, DirectInit); |
Douglas Gregor | d45210d | 2009-01-30 22:09:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1203 | } |
Eli Friedman | 38b7a91 | 2008-06-06 19:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1204 | |
Douglas Gregor | 849afc3 | 2009-01-29 00:45:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | bool hadError = CheckInitList(InitList, DeclType); |
| 1206 | Init = InitList; |
| 1207 | return hadError; |
Steve Naroff | e14e554 | 2007-09-02 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | } |
| 1209 | |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the |
| 1211 | /// given Declarator. |
| 1212 | DeclarationName Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { |
| 1213 | switch (D.getKind()) { |
| 1214 | case Declarator::DK_Abstract: |
| 1215 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "abstract declarators have no name"); |
| 1216 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | case Declarator::DK_Normal: |
| 1219 | assert (D.getIdentifier() != 0 && "normal declarators have an identifier"); |
| 1220 | return DeclarationName(D.getIdentifier()); |
| 1221 | |
| 1222 | case Declarator::DK_Constructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1225 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(Ty); |
| 1226 | } |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 | case Declarator::DK_Destructor: { |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1229 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1230 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1231 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(Ty); |
| 1232 | } |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | case Declarator::DK_Conversion: { |
Douglas Gregor | a60c62e | 2009-02-09 15:09:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | // FIXME: We'd like to keep the non-canonical type for diagnostics! |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | QualType Ty = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(D.getDeclaratorIdType()); |
| 1237 | Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty); |
| 1238 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(Ty); |
| 1239 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 96a32dd | 2008-11-18 14:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1240 | |
| 1241 | case Declarator::DK_Operator: |
| 1242 | assert(D.getIdentifier() == 0 && "operator names have no identifier"); |
| 1243 | return Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( |
| 1244 | D.getOverloadedOperator()); |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | } |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 | assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); |
| 1248 | return DeclarationName(); |
| 1249 | } |
| 1250 | |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | /// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions |
| 1252 | /// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic |
| 1253 | /// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line |
| 1254 | /// function definition doesn't match any declaration within |
| 1255 | /// the class or namespace. |
| 1256 | static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, |
| 1257 | FunctionDecl *Declaration, |
| 1258 | FunctionDecl *Definition) { |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) |
| 1260 | return false; |
| 1261 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { |
| 1262 | QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1263 | QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | DeclParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1266 | DefParamTy = Context.getCanonicalType(DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType()); |
| 1267 | if (DeclParamTy.getUnqualifiedType() != DefParamTy.getUnqualifiedType()) |
| 1268 | return false; |
| 1269 | } |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 | return true; |
| 1272 | } |
| 1273 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | dfb1c37 | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1274 | Sema::DeclTy * |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclTy *lastDecl, |
| 1276 | bool IsFunctionDefinition) { |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | NamedDecl *LastDeclarator = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>((Decl *)lastDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1279 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have |
| 1281 | // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. |
Douglas Gregor | 6704b31 | 2008-11-17 22:58:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | if (!Name) { |
Chris Lattner | cd61d59 | 2008-11-11 06:13:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1283 | if (!D.getInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. |
| 1284 | Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), |
Chris Lattner | 8ba580c | 2008-11-19 05:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | diag::err_declarator_need_ident) |
| 1286 | << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1287 | return 0; |
| 1288 | } |
| 1289 | |
Chris Lattner | a754990 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 1291 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || |
Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) |
Chris Lattner | a754990 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | S = S->getParent(); |
| 1295 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | DeclContext *DC; |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | NamedDecl *New; |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | 4d6b102 | 2009-02-17 03:23:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true, |
| 1305 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != |
| 1306 | DeclSpec::SCS_static, |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" |
| 1309 | DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()); |
Douglas Gregor | 411889e | 2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | PrevDecl = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | |
| 1312 | // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: |
| 1313 | // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named |
| 1314 | // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit |
| 1315 | // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being |
| 1316 | // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears |
| 1317 | // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the |
| 1318 | // declarations namespace. |
| 1319 | // |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1320 | // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet |
| 1321 | // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually |
| 1322 | // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: |
| 1323 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 9834104 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | // class X { |
| 1325 | // void f(); |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1326 | // void f(float); |
Douglas Gregor | 9834104 | 2008-12-12 08:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | // }; |
| 1328 | // |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed |
| 1330 | // |
| 1331 | // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set |
| 1332 | // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them |
| 1333 | // matches. |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | |
| 1335 | // First check whether we named the global scope. |
| 1336 | if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { |
| 1337 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) |
| 1338 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1339 | } else if (!CurContext->Encloses(DC)) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1340 | // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. |
| 1341 | // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. |
| 1342 | SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 1343 | SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) |
Chris Lattner | 254de7d | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1346 | else |
Chris Lattner | 254de7d | 2008-11-23 20:28:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | } |
| 1351 | } |
| 1352 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2715a1f | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | dd86106 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
Douglas Gregor | 1b21c7f | 2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl |
| 1356 | || DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
Douglas Gregor | dd86106 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1357 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 1358 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1359 | } |
| 1360 | |
Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type |
| 1362 | // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a |
| 1364 | // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). |
| 1365 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->getIdentifierNamespace() == Decl::IDNS_Tag && |
| 1366 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) |
Douglas Gregor | 1d66155 | 2008-04-13 21:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 1368 | |
Chris Lattner | 82bb479 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1369 | QualType R = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 1370 | assert(!R.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| 1371 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1372 | bool Redeclaration = false; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 2b3c3dd | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1375 | InvalidDecl, Redeclaration); |
Chris Lattner | 82bb479 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1376 | } else if (R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1378 | IsFunctionDefinition, InvalidDecl, |
| 1379 | Redeclaration); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | } else { |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, LastDeclarator, PrevDecl, |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | InvalidDecl, Redeclaration); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1383 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | |
| 1385 | if (New == 0) |
| 1386 | return 0; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 881964b | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1388 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 1389 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
| 1390 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 1391 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration, |
| 1393 | // add it to the scope stack. |
| 1394 | if (Name && !(Redeclaration && InvalidDecl)) |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1395 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1396 | // If any semantic error occurred, mark the decl as invalid. |
| 1397 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 1398 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1399 | |
| 1400 | return New; |
| 1401 | } |
| 1402 | |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | 2b3c3dd | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | QualType R, Decl* LastDeclarator, |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | Decl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl, |
| 1407 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 2b3c3dd | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1409 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1410 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) |
| 1411 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1412 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1413 | // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. |
| 1414 | DC = 0; |
| 1415 | } |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
| 1418 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1419 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, LastDeclarator); |
| 1422 | if (!NewTD) return 0; |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1425 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewTD, D); |
| 1426 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| 1427 | // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| 1428 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 1430 | if (MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, PrevDecl)) |
| 1431 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 2b3c3dd | 2009-01-16 03:34:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | } |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| 1435 | // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type |
| 1436 | // then it shall have block scope. |
| 1437 | if (NewTD->getUnderlyingType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 1438 | if (NewTD->getUnderlyingType()->isVariableArrayType()) |
| 1439 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1440 | else |
| 1441 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | } |
| 1446 | return NewTD; |
| 1447 | } |
| 1448 | |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1450 | Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1451 | QualType R, Decl* LastDeclarator, |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | Decl* PrevDecl, bool& InvalidDecl, |
| 1453 | bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). |
| 1457 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 1458 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | if (R.getTypePtr()->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
| 1461 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) |
| 1462 | << D.getIdentifier(); |
| 1463 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1464 | } |
| 1465 | |
| 1466 | VarDecl *NewVD; |
| 1467 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC; |
| 1468 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1469 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1470 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = VarDecl::None; break; |
| 1471 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = VarDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1472 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = VarDecl::Static; break; |
| 1473 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: SC = VarDecl::Auto; break; |
| 1474 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: SC = VarDecl::Register; break; |
| 1475 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = VarDecl::PrivateExtern; break; |
| 1476 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1477 | // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always |
| 1478 | // an error here |
| 1479 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); |
| 1480 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1481 | SC = VarDecl::None; |
| 1482 | break; |
| 1483 | } |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); |
| 1486 | if (!II) { |
| 1487 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) |
| 1488 | << Name.getAsString(); |
| 1489 | return 0; |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1493 | // This is a static data member for a C++ class. |
| 1494 | NewVD = CXXClassVarDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1495 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | R); |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1497 | } else { |
| 1498 | bool ThreadSpecified = D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified(); |
| 1499 | if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { |
| 1500 | // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not |
| 1501 | // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. |
| 1502 | if (SC == VarDecl::Auto || SC == VarDecl::Register) { |
| 1503 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); |
| 1504 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1505 | } |
| 1506 | } |
| 1507 | NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | II, R, SC, |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1510 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1511 | NewVD->setThreadSpecified(ThreadSpecified); |
| 1512 | } |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | NewVD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); |
| 1514 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl |
| 1516 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewVD, D); |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 1519 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 1520 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 1521 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| 1522 | NewVD->addAttr(new AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 1523 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
| 1524 | } |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. |
| 1527 | // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not |
| 1528 | // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. |
| 1529 | // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 |
| 1530 | if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (NewVD->getType().getAddressSpace() != 0)) { |
| 1531 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); |
| 1532 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1533 | } |
| 1534 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is |
| 1535 | // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. |
| 1536 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S)) { |
| 1537 | if (isa<FieldDecl>(PrevDecl) && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1538 | // The user tried to define a non-static data member |
| 1539 | // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1540 | Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) |
| 1541 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1542 | NewVD->Destroy(Context); |
| 1543 | return 0; |
| 1544 | } |
| 1545 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | Redeclaration = true; |
| 1547 | if (MergeVarDecl(NewVD, PrevDecl)) |
| 1548 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 511d45b | 2009-01-16 02:36:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | |
| 1550 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 1551 | // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. |
| 1552 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_no_member) |
| 1553 | << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1554 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1555 | } |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | return NewVD; |
| 1558 | } |
| 1559 | |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | NamedDecl* |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1562 | QualType R, Decl *LastDeclarator, |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1563 | Decl* PrevDecl, bool IsFunctionDefinition, |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | bool& InvalidDecl, bool &Redeclaration) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D); |
| 1568 | FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = FunctionDecl::None; |
| 1569 | switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { |
| 1570 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); |
| 1571 | case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: |
| 1572 | case DeclSpec::SCS_register: |
| 1573 | case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: |
| 1574 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); |
| 1575 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1576 | break; |
| 1577 | case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = FunctionDecl::None; break; |
| 1578 | case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::Extern; break; |
| 1579 | case DeclSpec::SCS_static: SC = FunctionDecl::Static; break; |
| 1580 | case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = FunctionDecl::PrivateExtern;break; |
| 1581 | } |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); |
| 1584 | // bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); |
| 1585 | bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | FunctionDecl *NewFD; |
| 1588 | if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Constructor) { |
| 1589 | // This is a C++ constructor declaration. |
| 1590 | assert(DC->isRecord() && |
| 1591 | "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | // Create the new declaration |
| 1596 | NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 1597 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1598 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1599 | isExplicit, isInline, |
| 1600 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1603 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1604 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Destructor) { |
| 1605 | // This is a C++ destructor declaration. |
| 1606 | if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1607 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, |
| 1610 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1611 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1612 | isInline, |
| 1613 | /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1616 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1617 | } else { |
| 1618 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing |
| 1621 | // code path. |
| 1622 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1623 | Name, R, SC, isInline, |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1624 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1625 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1626 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1627 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1628 | } |
| 1629 | } else if (D.getKind() == Declarator::DK_Conversion) { |
| 1630 | if (!DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1631 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
| 1632 | diag::err_conv_function_not_member); |
| 1633 | return 0; |
| 1634 | } else { |
| 1635 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 | NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1638 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
| 1639 | isInline, isExplicit); |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | if (InvalidDecl) |
| 1642 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | } else if (DC->isRecord()) { |
| 1645 | // This is a C++ method declaration. |
| 1646 | NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), |
| 1647 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1648 | (SC == FunctionDecl::Static), isInline); |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 | } else { |
| 1650 | NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 1651 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | Name, R, SC, isInline, |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | // FIXME: Move to DeclGroup... |
| 1654 | D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin()); |
| 1655 | } |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1656 | NewFD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | |
| 1658 | // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ |
| 1659 | // scope specifier, the lexical context will be different |
| 1660 | // from the semantic context. |
| 1661 | NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 | // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). |
| 1664 | if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { |
| 1665 | // The parser guarantees this is a string. |
| 1666 | StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); |
| 1667 | NewFD->addAttr(new AsmLabelAttr(std::string(SE->getStrData(), |
| 1668 | SE->getByteLength()))); |
| 1669 | } |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 | // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to |
| 1672 | // the function declaration NewFD, if they are available. |
| 1673 | if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { |
| 1674 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the |
| 1677 | // FunctionDecl. |
| 1678 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 | // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs |
| 1681 | // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a |
| 1682 | // single void argument. |
| 1683 | // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator |
| 1684 | // already checks for that case. |
| 1685 | if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && |
| 1686 | FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && |
| 1687 | ((ParmVarDecl*)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { |
| 1688 | // empty arg list, don't push any params. |
| 1689 | ParmVarDecl *Param = (ParmVarDecl*)FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param; |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a |
| 1692 | // typedef of void is not permitted. |
| 1693 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 1694 | Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { |
| 1695 | Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_param_typedef_of_void); |
| 1696 | } |
| 1697 | } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { |
| 1698 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) |
| 1699 | Params.push_back((ParmVarDecl *)FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); |
| 1700 | } |
| 1701 | |
| 1702 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 1703 | } else if (R->getAsTypedefType()) { |
| 1704 | // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, as in the |
| 1705 | // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) |
| 1706 | // parameters for use in the declaration. |
| 1707 | // |
| 1708 | // @code |
| 1709 | // typedef void fn(int); |
| 1710 | // fn f; |
| 1711 | // @endcode |
| 1712 | const FunctionTypeProto *FT = R->getAsFunctionTypeProto(); |
| 1713 | if (!FT) { |
| 1714 | // This is a typedef of a function with no prototype, so we |
| 1715 | // don't need to do anything. |
| 1716 | } else if ((FT->getNumArgs() == 0) || |
| 1717 | (FT->getNumArgs() == 1 && !FT->isVariadic() && |
| 1718 | FT->getArgType(0)->isVoidType())) { |
| 1719 | // This is a zero-argument function. We don't need to do anything. |
| 1720 | } else { |
| 1721 | // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. |
| 1722 | llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; |
| 1723 | for (FunctionTypeProto::arg_type_iterator ArgType = FT->arg_type_begin(); |
| 1724 | ArgType != FT->arg_type_end(); ++ArgType) { |
Douglas Gregor | ca9f52e | 2009-02-16 20:58:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1725 | ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, |
| 1726 | SourceLocation(), 0, |
| 1727 | *ArgType, VarDecl::None, |
| 1728 | 0); |
| 1729 | Param->setImplicit(); |
| 1730 | Params.push_back(Param); |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | } |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | NewFD->setParams(Context, &Params[0], Params.size()); |
| 1734 | } |
| 1735 | } |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 1738 | InvalidDecl = InvalidDecl || CheckConstructor(Constructor); |
| 1739 | else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { |
| 1740 | CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getParent()); |
| 1741 | Record->setUserDeclaredDestructor(true); |
| 1742 | // C++ [class]p4: A POD-struct is an aggregate class that has [...] no |
| 1743 | // user-defined destructor. |
| 1744 | Record->setPOD(false); |
| 1745 | } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = |
| 1746 | dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) |
| 1747 | ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). |
| 1750 | if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && |
| 1751 | CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) |
| 1752 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 | // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. Since C functions |
| 1755 | // are in a flat namespace, make sure we consider decls in outer scopes. |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | if (PrevDecl && |
| 1758 | (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus||isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))) { |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1759 | // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1760 | // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, |
| 1761 | // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new |
| 1762 | // function to the scope. |
| 1763 | OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator MatchedDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | fa3a832 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | |
| 1765 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 1766 | AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context)) |
| 1767 | OverloadableAttrRequired = true; |
| 1768 | |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(PrevDecl, Context) || |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1770 | !IsOverload(NewFD, PrevDecl, MatchedDecl)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1771 | Redeclaration = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1772 | Decl *OldDecl = PrevDecl; |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | // If PrevDecl was an overloaded function, extract the |
| 1775 | // FunctionDecl that matched. |
| 1776 | if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
| 1777 | OldDecl = *MatchedDecl; |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | // NewFD and PrevDecl represent declarations that need to be |
| 1780 | // merged. |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) |
| 1782 | InvalidDecl = true; |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1784 | if (!InvalidDecl) { |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1785 | NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 | // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| 1788 | // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1789 | if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && |
| 1790 | !InvalidDecl) { |
| 1791 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) |
| 1792 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1793 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 1794 | } |
| 1795 | } |
| 1796 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | } |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1798 | |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && |
| 1800 | (!PrevDecl || !Redeclaration)) { |
| 1801 | // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a |
| 1802 | // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there |
| 1803 | // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, |
| 1804 | // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: |
| 1805 | // |
| 1806 | // class X { |
| 1807 | // void f() const; |
| 1808 | // }; |
| 1809 | // |
| 1810 | // void X::f() { } // ill-formed |
| 1811 | // |
| 1812 | // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close |
| 1813 | // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and |
| 1814 | // whether the parameter types are references). |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) |
Douglas Gregor | ee78523 | 2009-02-06 22:58:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1816 | << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1818 | |
| 1819 | LookupResult Prev = LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, |
| 1820 | true); |
| 1821 | assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && |
| 1822 | "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); |
| 1823 | for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); |
| 1824 | Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { |
| 1825 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && |
| 1826 | isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) |
| 1827 | Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 46cfe45 | 2009-02-06 17:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | |
| 1830 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1831 | } |
Douglas Gregor | bd4b085 | 2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes |
| 1834 | // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). |
| 1835 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { |
| 1839 | // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function |
| 1840 | // with that name must be marked "overloadable". |
| 1841 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) |
Douglas Gregor | fa3a832 | 2009-02-13 00:26:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1842 | << Redeclaration << NewFD; |
Douglas Gregor | fcb1919 | 2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1843 | if (PrevDecl) |
| 1844 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), |
| 1845 | diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); |
| 1846 | NewFD->addAttr(new OverloadableAttr); |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1849 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
Sebastian Redl | 0d2157d | 2009-02-08 14:56:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless |
| 1851 | // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done |
| 1852 | // during delayed parsing anyway. |
| 1853 | if (!CurContext->isRecord()) |
| 1854 | CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); |
Zhongxing Xu | 7502dec | 2009-01-16 01:13:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | |
| 1856 | // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a |
| 1857 | // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 1858 | if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !InvalidDecl) { |
| 1859 | Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_out_of_line_declaration) |
| 1860 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 1861 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | } |
| 1864 | return NewFD; |
| 1865 | } |
| 1866 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | void Sema::InitializerElementNotConstant(const Expr *Init) { |
Chris Lattner | 9d2cf08 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) |
| 1869 | << Init->getSourceRange(); |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | } |
| 1871 | |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | bool Sema::CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(const Expr* Init) { |
| 1873 | switch (Init->getStmtClass()) { |
| 1874 | default: |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | return true; |
| 1877 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { |
| 1878 | const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(Init); |
| 1879 | return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(PE->getSubExpr()); |
| 1880 | } |
| 1881 | case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: |
| 1882 | return cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Init)->isFileScope(); |
Douglas Gregor | 566782a | 2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: |
| 1884 | case Expr::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass: { |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | const Decl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Init)->getDecl(); |
Eli Friedman | 8cb86e3 | 2008-05-21 03:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { |
| 1887 | if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) |
| 1888 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 8cb86e3 | 2008-05-21 03:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | return true; |
| 1891 | } |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1892 | if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) |
| 1893 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Steve Naroff | f0b2354 | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | return true; |
| 1896 | } |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: { |
| 1898 | const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(Init); |
| 1899 | if (M->isArrow()) |
| 1900 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(M->getBase()); |
| 1901 | return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(M->getBase()); |
| 1902 | } |
| 1903 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
| 1904 | // FIXME: Should we pedwarn for "x[0+0]" (where x is a pointer)? |
| 1905 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(Init); |
| 1906 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(ASE->getBase()) || |
| 1907 | CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(ASE->getIdx()); |
| 1908 | } |
| 1909 | case Expr::StringLiteralClass: |
Chris Lattner | 6990929 | 2008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | case Expr::PredefinedExprClass: |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | return false; |
| 1912 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| 1913 | const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(Init); |
| 1914 | |
| 1915 | // C99 6.6p9 |
| 1916 | if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) |
Eli Friedman | 8cb86e3 | 2008-05-21 03:39:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1920 | return true; |
| 1921 | } |
| 1922 | } |
| 1923 | } |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 | bool Sema::CheckAddressConstantExpression(const Expr* Init) { |
| 1926 | switch (Init->getStmtClass()) { |
| 1927 | default: |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 0903cba | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: |
| 1931 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(cast<ParenExpr>(Init)->getSubExpr()); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | case Expr::StringLiteralClass: |
| 1933 | case Expr::ObjCStringLiteralClass: |
| 1934 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 0903cba | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | case Expr::CallExprClass: |
Douglas Gregor | 65fedaf | 2008-11-14 16:09:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: |
Chris Lattner | 0903cba | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | // __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString is a valid constant l-value. |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | if (cast<CallExpr>(Init)->isBuiltinCall(Context) == |
Chris Lattner | 0903cba | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString) |
| 1940 | return false; |
| 1941 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Chris Lattner | 0903cba | 2008-10-06 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1943 | return true; |
| 1944 | |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| 1946 | const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(Init); |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | // C99 6.6p9 |
| 1949 | if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) |
| 1950 | return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Extension) |
| 1953 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
| 1954 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1955 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1956 | return true; |
| 1957 | } |
| 1958 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { |
| 1959 | // FIXME: Should we pedwarn for expressions like "a + 1 + 2"? |
| 1960 | const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(Init); |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | Expr *PExp = Exp->getLHS(); |
| 1963 | Expr *IExp = Exp->getRHS(); |
| 1964 | if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType()) |
| 1965 | std::swap(PExp, IExp); |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | // FIXME: Should we pedwarn if IExp isn't an integer constant expression? |
| 1968 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(PExp) || |
| 1969 | CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(IExp); |
| 1970 | } |
Eli Friedman | 1fad3c6 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: |
Douglas Gregor | 035d088 | 2008-10-28 15:36:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: { |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(Init)->getSubExpr(); |
Eli Friedman | 1fad3c6 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | if (Init->getStmtClass() == Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass) { |
| 1975 | // Check for implicit promotion |
| 1976 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionType() || |
| 1977 | SubExpr->getType()->isArrayType()) |
| 1978 | return CheckAddressConstantExpressionLValue(SubExpr); |
| 1979 | } |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | |
| 1981 | // Check for pointer->pointer cast |
| 1982 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) |
| 1983 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(SubExpr); |
| 1984 | |
Eli Friedman | 1fad3c6 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isIntegralType()) { |
| 1986 | // Check for the special-case of a pointer->int->pointer cast; |
| 1987 | // this isn't standard, but some code requires it. See |
| 1988 | // PR2720 for an example. |
| 1989 | if (const CastExpr* SubCast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubExpr)) { |
| 1990 | if (SubCast->getSubExpr()->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
| 1991 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.getIntWidth(SubCast->getType()); |
| 1992 | unsigned PointerWidth = Context.getTypeSize(Context.VoidPtrTy); |
| 1993 | if (IntWidth >= PointerWidth) { |
| 1994 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(SubCast->getSubExpr()); |
| 1995 | } |
| 1996 | } |
| 1997 | } |
| 1998 | } |
| 1999 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(SubExpr); |
Eli Friedman | 1fad3c6 | 2008-08-25 20:46:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | } |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2004 | return true; |
| 2005 | } |
| 2006 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { |
| 2007 | // FIXME: Should we pedwarn here? |
| 2008 | const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(Init); |
| 2009 | if (!Exp->getCond()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2010 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2011 | return true; |
| 2012 | } |
| 2013 | if (CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getCond())) |
| 2014 | return true; |
| 2015 | if (Exp->getLHS() && |
| 2016 | CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS())) |
| 2017 | return true; |
| 2018 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); |
| 2019 | } |
| 2020 | case Expr::AddrLabelExprClass: |
| 2021 | return false; |
| 2022 | } |
| 2023 | } |
| 2024 | |
Eli Friedman | 998dffb | 2008-06-09 05:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | static const Expr* FindExpressionBaseAddress(const Expr* E); |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | static const Expr* FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(const Expr* E) { |
| 2028 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
| 2029 | default: |
| 2030 | return E; |
| 2031 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { |
| 2032 | const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); |
| 2033 | return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(PE->getSubExpr()); |
| 2034 | } |
| 2035 | case Expr::MemberExprClass: { |
| 2036 | const MemberExpr *M = cast<MemberExpr>(E); |
| 2037 | if (M->isArrow()) |
| 2038 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(M->getBase()); |
| 2039 | return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(M->getBase()); |
| 2040 | } |
| 2041 | case Expr::ArraySubscriptExprClass: { |
| 2042 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E); |
| 2043 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(ASE->getBase()); |
| 2044 | } |
| 2045 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| 2046 | const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref) |
| 2049 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | return E; |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | } |
| 2054 | } |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | static const Expr* FindExpressionBaseAddress(const Expr* E) { |
| 2057 | switch (E->getStmtClass()) { |
| 2058 | default: |
| 2059 | return E; |
| 2060 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { |
| 2061 | const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(E); |
| 2062 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(PE->getSubExpr()); |
| 2063 | } |
| 2064 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| 2065 | const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E); |
| 2066 | |
| 2067 | // C99 6.6p9 |
| 2068 | if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) |
| 2069 | return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | if (Exp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Extension) |
| 2072 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | return E; |
| 2075 | } |
| 2076 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { |
| 2077 | const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E); |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | Expr *PExp = Exp->getLHS(); |
| 2080 | Expr *IExp = Exp->getRHS(); |
| 2081 | if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType()) |
| 2082 | std::swap(PExp, IExp); |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(PExp); |
| 2085 | } |
| 2086 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: { |
| 2087 | const Expr* SubExpr = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 | // Check for implicit promotion |
| 2090 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isFunctionType() || |
| 2091 | SubExpr->getType()->isArrayType()) |
| 2092 | return FindExpressionBaseAddressLValue(SubExpr); |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | // Check for pointer->pointer cast |
| 2095 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) |
| 2096 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(SubExpr); |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | // We assume that we have an arithmetic expression here; |
| 2099 | // if we don't, we'll figure it out later |
| 2100 | return 0; |
| 2101 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 035d088 | 2008-10-28 15:36:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: { |
Eli Friedman | 998dffb | 2008-06-09 05:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | const Expr* SubExpr = cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr(); |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | // Check for pointer->pointer cast |
| 2106 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) |
| 2107 | return FindExpressionBaseAddress(SubExpr); |
| 2108 | |
| 2109 | // We assume that we have an arithmetic expression here; |
| 2110 | // if we don't, we'll figure it out later |
| 2111 | return 0; |
| 2112 | } |
| 2113 | } |
| 2114 | } |
| 2115 | |
Anders Carlsson | e8bd9f2 | 2008-11-22 21:04:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2116 | bool Sema::CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(const Expr* Init) { |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | switch (Init->getStmtClass()) { |
| 2118 | default: |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2119 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2120 | return true; |
| 2121 | case Expr::ParenExprClass: { |
| 2122 | const ParenExpr* PE = cast<ParenExpr>(Init); |
| 2123 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); |
| 2124 | } |
| 2125 | case Expr::FloatingLiteralClass: |
| 2126 | case Expr::IntegerLiteralClass: |
| 2127 | case Expr::CharacterLiteralClass: |
| 2128 | case Expr::ImaginaryLiteralClass: |
| 2129 | case Expr::TypesCompatibleExprClass: |
| 2130 | case Expr::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass: |
| 2131 | return false; |
Douglas Gregor | 65fedaf | 2008-11-14 16:09:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2132 | case Expr::CallExprClass: |
| 2133 | case Expr::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: { |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(Init); |
Chris Lattner | 2d9a3f6 | 2008-10-06 06:49:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | |
| 2136 | // Allow any constant foldable calls to builtins. |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | if (CE->isBuiltinCall(Context) && CE->isEvaluatable(Context)) |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 2d9a3f6 | 2008-10-06 06:49:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2139 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2140 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2141 | return true; |
| 2142 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 566782a | 2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2143 | case Expr::DeclRefExprClass: |
| 2144 | case Expr::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass: { |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | const Decl *D = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Init)->getDecl(); |
| 2146 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) |
| 2147 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2148 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | return true; |
| 2150 | } |
| 2151 | case Expr::CompoundLiteralExprClass: |
| 2152 | // Allow "(vector type){2,4}"; normal C constraints don't allow this, |
| 2153 | // but vectors are allowed to be magic. |
| 2154 | if (Init->getType()->isVectorType()) |
| 2155 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | return true; |
| 2158 | case Expr::UnaryOperatorClass: { |
| 2159 | const UnaryOperator *Exp = cast<UnaryOperator>(Init); |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 | switch (Exp->getOpcode()) { |
| 2162 | // Address, indirect, pre/post inc/dec, etc are not valid constant exprs. |
| 2163 | // See C99 6.6p3. |
| 2164 | default: |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2166 | return true; |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf: |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | if (Exp->getSubExpr()->getType()->isConstantSizeType()) |
| 2169 | return false; |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2170 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | return true; |
| 2172 | case UnaryOperator::Extension: |
| 2173 | case UnaryOperator::LNot: |
| 2174 | case UnaryOperator::Plus: |
| 2175 | case UnaryOperator::Minus: |
| 2176 | case UnaryOperator::Not: |
| 2177 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getSubExpr()); |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 0cb7c87 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | case Expr::SizeOfAlignOfExprClass: { |
| 2181 | const SizeOfAlignOfExpr *Exp = cast<SizeOfAlignOfExpr>(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | // Special check for void types, which are allowed as an extension |
Sebastian Redl | 0cb7c87 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | if (Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isVoidType()) |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | return false; |
| 2185 | // alignof always evaluates to a constant. |
| 2186 | // FIXME: is sizeof(int[3.0]) a constant expression? |
Sebastian Redl | 0cb7c87 | 2008-11-11 17:56:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2187 | if (Exp->isSizeOf() && !Exp->getTypeOfArgument()->isConstantSizeType()) { |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | return true; |
| 2190 | } |
| 2191 | return false; |
| 2192 | } |
| 2193 | case Expr::BinaryOperatorClass: { |
| 2194 | const BinaryOperator *Exp = cast<BinaryOperator>(Init); |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | if (Exp->getLHS()->getType()->isArithmeticType() && |
| 2197 | Exp->getRHS()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
| 2198 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS()) || |
| 2199 | CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); |
| 2200 | } |
| 2201 | |
Eli Friedman | 998dffb | 2008-06-09 05:05:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | if (Exp->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType() && |
| 2203 | Exp->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
| 2204 | const Expr* LHSBase = FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getLHS()); |
| 2205 | const Expr* RHSBase = FindExpressionBaseAddress(Exp->getRHS()); |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | // Only allow a null (constant integer) base; we could |
| 2208 | // allow some additional cases if necessary, but this |
| 2209 | // is sufficient to cover offsetof-like constructs. |
| 2210 | if (!LHSBase && !RHSBase) { |
| 2211 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS()) || |
| 2212 | CheckAddressConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); |
| 2213 | } |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | return true; |
| 2218 | } |
| 2219 | case Expr::ImplicitCastExprClass: |
Douglas Gregor | 035d088 | 2008-10-28 15:36:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | case Expr::CStyleCastExprClass: { |
Nuno Lopes | 7dd5422 | 2009-02-02 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | const CastExpr *CE = cast<CastExpr>(Init); |
| 2222 | const Expr *SubExpr = CE->getSubExpr(); |
| 2223 | |
Eli Friedman | d662caa | 2008-09-01 22:08:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2224 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) |
| 2225 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(SubExpr); |
| 2226 | |
Eli Friedman | 266df14 | 2008-09-02 09:37:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2227 | if (SubExpr->getType()->isPointerType()) { |
| 2228 | const Expr* Base = FindExpressionBaseAddress(SubExpr); |
Nuno Lopes | 7dd5422 | 2009-02-02 22:57:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2229 | if (Base) { |
| 2230 | // the cast is only valid if done to a wide enough type |
| 2231 | if (Context.getTypeSize(CE->getType()) >= |
| 2232 | Context.getTypeSize(SubExpr->getType())) |
| 2233 | return false; |
| 2234 | } else { |
| 2235 | // If the pointer has a null base, this is an offsetof-like construct |
| 2236 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(SubExpr); |
| 2237 | } |
Eli Friedman | 266df14 | 2008-09-02 09:37:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | } |
| 2239 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | d662caa | 2008-09-01 22:08:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2241 | return true; |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | } |
| 2243 | case Expr::ConditionalOperatorClass: { |
| 2244 | const ConditionalOperator *Exp = cast<ConditionalOperator>(Init); |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | |
| 2246 | // If GNU extensions are disabled, we require all operands to be arithmetic |
| 2247 | // constant expressions. |
| 2248 | if (getLangOptions().NoExtensions) { |
| 2249 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getCond()) || |
| 2250 | (Exp->getLHS() && CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getLHS())) || |
| 2251 | CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getRHS()); |
| 2252 | } |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | // Otherwise, we have to emulate some of the behavior of fold here. |
| 2255 | // Basically GCC treats things like "4 ? 1 : somefunc()" as a constant |
| 2256 | // because it can constant fold things away. To retain compatibility with |
| 2257 | // GCC code, we see if we can fold the condition to a constant (which we |
| 2258 | // should always be able to do in theory). If so, we only require the |
| 2259 | // specified arm of the conditional to be a constant. This is a horrible |
| 2260 | // hack, but is require by real world code that uses __builtin_constant_p. |
Anders Carlsson | 8c3de80 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
| 2262 | if (!Exp->getCond()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || |
| 2263 | EvalResult.HasSideEffects) { |
Chris Lattner | ef06966 | 2008-11-16 21:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | // If Evaluate couldn't fold it, CheckArithmeticConstantExpression |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | // won't be able to either. Use it to emit the diagnostic though. |
| 2266 | bool Res = CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Exp->getCond()); |
Chris Lattner | ef06966 | 2008-11-16 21:24:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | assert(Res && "Evaluate couldn't evaluate this constant?"); |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | return Res; |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | // Verify that the side following the condition is also a constant. |
| 2272 | const Expr *TrueSide = Exp->getLHS(), *FalseSide = Exp->getRHS(); |
Anders Carlsson | 8c3de80 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2273 | if (EvalResult.Val.getInt() == 0) |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2274 | std::swap(TrueSide, FalseSide); |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 | if (TrueSide && CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(TrueSide)) |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | |
| 2279 | // Okay, the evaluated side evaluates to a constant, so we accept this. |
| 2280 | // Check to see if the other side is obviously not a constant. If so, |
| 2281 | // emit a warning that this is a GNU extension. |
Chris Lattner | 2d9a3f6 | 2008-10-06 06:49:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | if (FalseSide && !FalseSide->isEvaluatable(Context)) |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | 9d2cf08 | 2008-11-19 05:27:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2284 | diag::ext_typecheck_expression_not_constant_but_accepted) |
| 2285 | << FalseSide->getSourceRange(); |
Chris Lattner | 94d4541 | 2008-10-06 05:42:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | return false; |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | } |
| 2288 | } |
| 2289 | } |
| 2290 | |
| 2291 | bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { |
Douglas Gregor | c5a6bdc | 2009-01-22 00:58:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2292 | if (DesignatedInitExpr *DIE = dyn_cast<DesignatedInitExpr>(Init)) |
| 2293 | Init = DIE->getInit(); |
| 2294 | |
Nuno Lopes | e728045 | 2008-07-07 16:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | Init = Init->IgnoreParens(); |
| 2296 | |
Nate Begeman | d6d2f77 | 2009-01-18 03:20:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2297 | if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) |
Anders Carlsson | f6791c6 | 2008-12-05 05:09:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2298 | return false; |
| 2299 | |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | // Look through CXXDefaultArgExprs; they have no meaning in this context. |
| 2301 | if (CXXDefaultArgExpr* DAE = dyn_cast<CXXDefaultArgExpr>(Init)) |
| 2302 | return CheckForConstantInitializer(DAE->getExpr(), DclT); |
| 2303 | |
Nuno Lopes | e728045 | 2008-07-07 16:46:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | if (CompoundLiteralExpr *e = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Init)) |
| 2305 | return CheckForConstantInitializer(e->getInitializer(), DclT); |
| 2306 | |
Douglas Gregor | c9e012a | 2009-01-29 17:44:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { |
| 2308 | // FIXME: In C++, check for non-POD types. |
| 2309 | return false; |
| 2310 | } |
| 2311 | |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2312 | if (InitListExpr *Exp = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { |
| 2313 | unsigned numInits = Exp->getNumInits(); |
| 2314 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < numInits; i++) { |
| 2315 | // FIXME: Need to get the type of the declaration for C++, |
| 2316 | // because it could be a reference? |
Douglas Gregor | f603b47 | 2009-01-28 21:54:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | if (CheckForConstantInitializer(Exp->getInit(i), |
| 2319 | Exp->getInit(i)->getType())) |
| 2320 | return true; |
| 2321 | } |
| 2322 | return false; |
| 2323 | } |
| 2324 | |
Anders Carlsson | f6791c6 | 2008-12-05 05:09:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | // FIXME: We can probably remove some of this code below, now that |
| 2326 | // Expr::Evaluate is doing the heavy lifting for scalars. |
| 2327 | |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2328 | if (Init->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) |
| 2329 | return false; |
| 2330 | if (Init->getType()->isArithmeticType()) { |
Chris Lattner | d5a56aa | 2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | QualType InitTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Init->getType()) |
| 2332 | .getUnqualifiedType(); |
Eli Friedman | 25086f0 | 2008-05-30 18:14:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | if (InitTy == Context.BoolTy) { |
| 2334 | // Special handling for pointers implicitly cast to bool; |
| 2335 | // (e.g. "_Bool rr = &rr;"). This is only legal at the top level. |
| 2336 | if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Init)) { |
| 2337 | Expr* SubE = ICE->getSubExpr(); |
| 2338 | if (SubE->getType()->isPointerType() || |
| 2339 | SubE->getType()->isArrayType() || |
| 2340 | SubE->getType()->isFunctionType()) { |
| 2341 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Init); |
| 2342 | } |
| 2343 | } |
| 2344 | } else if (InitTy->isIntegralType()) { |
| 2345 | Expr* SubE = 0; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c45e2fb | 2008-08-18 23:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | if (CastExpr* CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Init)) |
Eli Friedman | 25086f0 | 2008-05-30 18:14:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); |
| 2348 | // Special check for pointer cast to int; we allow as an extension |
| 2349 | // an address constant cast to an integer if the integer |
| 2350 | // is of an appropriate width (this sort of code is apparently used |
| 2351 | // in some places). |
| 2352 | // FIXME: Add pedwarn? |
| 2353 | // FIXME: Don't allow bitfields here! Need the FieldDecl for that. |
| 2354 | if (SubE && (SubE->getType()->isPointerType() || |
| 2355 | SubE->getType()->isArrayType() || |
| 2356 | SubE->getType()->isFunctionType())) { |
| 2357 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTypeSize(Init->getType()); |
| 2358 | unsigned PointerWidth = Context.getTypeSize(Context.VoidPtrTy); |
| 2359 | if (IntWidth >= PointerWidth) |
| 2360 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Init); |
| 2361 | } |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | } |
| 2363 | |
| 2364 | return CheckArithmeticConstantExpression(Init); |
| 2365 | } |
| 2366 | |
| 2367 | if (Init->getType()->isPointerType()) |
| 2368 | return CheckAddressConstantExpression(Init); |
| 2369 | |
Eli Friedman | 25086f0 | 2008-05-30 18:14:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | // An array type at the top level that isn't an init-list must |
| 2371 | // be a string literal |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | if (Init->getType()->isArrayType()) |
| 2373 | return false; |
| 2374 | |
Nuno Lopes | 1dc2676 | 2008-09-01 18:42:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | if (Init->getType()->isFunctionType()) |
| 2376 | return false; |
| 2377 | |
Steve Naroff | dff3fb2 | 2008-10-02 17:12:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | // Allow block exprs at top level. |
| 2379 | if (Init->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) |
| 2380 | return false; |
Nuno Lopes | 8260d5d | 2009-01-15 16:44:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | |
| 2382 | // GCC cast to union extension |
| 2383 | // note: the validity of the cast expr is checked by CheckCastTypes() |
| 2384 | if (CastExpr *C = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(Init)) { |
| 2385 | QualType T = C->getType(); |
| 2386 | return T->isUnionType() && CheckForConstantInitializer(C->getSubExpr(), T); |
| 2387 | } |
| 2388 | |
Steve Naroff | fc08f5e | 2008-10-27 11:34:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | InitializerElementNotConstant(Init); |
Eli Friedman | 02c22ce | 2008-05-20 13:48:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | return true; |
Steve Naroff | f0b2354 | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | } |
| 2392 | |
Sebastian Redl | 91f9b0a | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclTy *dcl, ExprArg init) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2394 | AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, move(init), /*DirectInit=*/false); |
| 2395 | } |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the |
| 2398 | /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct |
| 2399 | /// initialization rather than copy initialization. |
| 2400 | void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(DeclTy *dcl, ExprArg init, bool DirectInit) { |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | Decl *RealDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(dcl); |
Sebastian Redl | 91f9b0a | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | Expr *Init = static_cast<Expr *>(init.release()); |
Chris Lattner | f31a2fb | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2403 | assert(Init && "missing initializer"); |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2404 | |
Chris Lattner | f31a2fb | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2405 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore |
| 2406 | // the initializer. |
| 2407 | if (RealDecl == 0) { |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | Init->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | f31a2fb | 2007-10-19 20:10:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | return; |
| 2410 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); |
| 2413 | if (!VDecl) { |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2414 | Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2415 | RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2416 | return; |
| 2417 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2418 | // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since |
Steve Naroff | f0b2354 | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2420 | QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { |
| 2422 | VarDecl::StorageClass SC = VDecl->getStorageClass(); |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2423 | if (SC == VarDecl::Extern) { // C99 6.7.8p5 |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2426 | } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2429 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | ea7140a | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | |
| 2431 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
| 2432 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2433 | if (SC == VarDecl::Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. |
| 2434 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2435 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | } |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| 2438 | if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2439 | Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2440 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2441 | if (CheckInitializerTypes(Init, DclT, VDecl->getLocation(), |
Douglas Gregor | 6214d8a | 2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | VDecl->getDeclName(), DirectInit)) |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | f0b2354 | 2008-01-10 22:15:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | |
Anders Carlsson | ea7140a | 2008-08-22 05:00:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. |
| 2446 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2447 | // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. |
| 2448 | CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); |
| 2449 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | } |
| 2451 | // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was |
| 2452 | // completed by the initializer. For example: |
| 2453 | // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; |
| 2454 | // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. |
Christopher Lamb | 62f06b6 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | VDecl->setType(DclT); |
Christopher Lamb | 62f06b6 | 2007-11-29 19:09:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | Init->setType(DclT); |
| 2458 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2459 | |
| 2460 | // Attach the initializer to the decl. |
Steve Naroff | 420d0f5 | 2007-09-12 20:13:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2461 | VDecl->setInit(Init); |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2462 | return; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2465 | void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(DeclTy *dcl) { |
| 2466 | Decl *RealDecl = static_cast<Decl *>(dcl); |
| 2467 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 9c0e994 | 2008-11-07 13:01:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. |
| 2469 | if (RealDecl == 0) |
| 2470 | return; |
| 2471 | |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { |
| 2473 | QualType Type = Var->getType(); |
| 2474 | // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p3: |
| 2475 | // The initializer can be omitted for a reference only in a |
| 2476 | // parameter declaration (8.3.5), in the declaration of a |
| 2477 | // function return type, in the declaration of a class member |
| 2478 | // within its class declaration (9.2), and where the extern |
| 2479 | // specifier is explicitly used. |
Douglas Gregor | b921383 | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2480 | if (Type->isReferenceType() && |
| 2481 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && |
| 2482 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern) { |
Chris Lattner | 77d52da | 2008-11-20 06:06:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2483 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2484 | << Var->getDeclName() |
| 2485 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | 5870a95 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2486 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2487 | return; |
| 2488 | } |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2491 | // |
| 2492 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the object |
| 2493 | // is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or array |
| 2494 | // thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if the |
| 2495 | // object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class type |
| 2496 | // shall have a user-declared default constructor. |
| 2497 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
| 2498 | QualType InitType = Type; |
| 2499 | if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(Type)) |
| 2500 | InitType = Array->getElementType(); |
Douglas Gregor | b921383 | 2008-12-15 21:24:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | if (Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern && |
| 2502 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::PrivateExtern && |
| 2503 | InitType->isRecordType()) { |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor |
| 2505 | = PerformInitializationByConstructor(InitType, 0, 0, |
| 2506 | Var->getLocation(), |
| 2507 | SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), |
| 2508 | Var->getLocation()), |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2509 | Var->getDeclName(), |
Douglas Gregor | 6428e76 | 2008-11-05 15:29:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2510 | IK_Default); |
Douglas Gregor | 5870a95 | 2008-11-03 20:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2511 | if (!Constructor) |
| 2512 | Var->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2513 | } |
| 2514 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2515 | |
Douglas Gregor | c0d11a8 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2516 | #if 0 |
| 2517 | // FIXME: Temporarily disabled because we are not properly parsing |
| 2518 | // linkage specifications on declarations, e.g., |
| 2519 | // |
| 2520 | // extern "C" const CGPoint CGPointerZero; |
| 2521 | // |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | // C++ [dcl.init]p9: |
| 2523 | // |
| 2524 | // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the |
| 2525 | // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or |
| 2526 | // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if |
| 2527 | // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class |
| 2528 | // type shall have a user-declared default |
| 2529 | // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for |
| 2530 | // an object, the object and its subobjects, if any, have an |
| 2531 | // indeterminate initial value; if the object or any of its |
| 2532 | // subobjects are of const-qualified type, the program is |
| 2533 | // ill-formed. |
| 2534 | // |
| 2535 | // This isn't technically an error in C, so we don't diagnose it. |
| 2536 | // |
| 2537 | // FIXME: Actually perform the POD/user-defined default |
| 2538 | // constructor check. |
| 2539 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
Douglas Gregor | c0d11a8 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2540 | Context.getCanonicalType(Type).isConstQualified() && |
| 2541 | Var->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern) |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2542 | Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_const_var_requires_init) |
| 2543 | << Var->getName() |
| 2544 | << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); |
Douglas Gregor | c0d11a8 | 2008-10-29 13:50:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2545 | #endif |
Douglas Gregor | 81c2915 | 2008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2546 | } |
| 2547 | } |
| 2548 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | /// The declarators are chained together backwards, reverse the list. |
| 2550 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, DeclTy *group) { |
| 2551 | // Often we have single declarators, handle them quickly. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | b50464f | 2009-02-17 20:23:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2552 | Decl *Group = static_cast<Decl*>(group); |
| 2553 | if (Group == 0) |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2554 | return 0; |
Steve Naroff | 2591e1b | 2007-09-13 23:52:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | Decl *NewGroup = 0; |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2557 | if (Group->getNextDeclarator() == 0) |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | NewGroup = Group; |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | else { // reverse the list. |
| 2560 | while (Group) { |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2561 | Decl *Next = Group->getNextDeclarator(); |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2562 | Group->setNextDeclarator(NewGroup); |
| 2563 | NewGroup = Group; |
| 2564 | Group = Next; |
| 2565 | } |
| 2566 | } |
| 2567 | // Perform semantic analysis that depends on having fully processed both |
| 2568 | // the declarator and initializer. |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2569 | for (Decl *ID = NewGroup; ID; ID = ID->getNextDeclarator()) { |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | VarDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ID); |
| 2571 | if (!IDecl) |
| 2572 | continue; |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2573 | QualType T = IDecl->getType(); |
| 2574 | |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | if (T->isVariableArrayType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | ef2f7df | 2008-12-20 21:51:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); |
Anders Carlsson | b32a1ba | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | |
| 2578 | // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for |
| 2579 | // int a[10][n]; |
| 2580 | SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2581 | if (IDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
Anders Carlsson | b32a1ba | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) << |
| 2583 | SizeRange; |
| 2584 | |
Eli Friedman | 8ff0778 | 2008-02-15 18:16:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2586 | } else { |
| 2587 | // C99 6.7.5.2p2: If an identifier is declared to be an object with |
| 2588 | // static storage duration, it shall not have a variable length array. |
| 2589 | if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Static) { |
Anders Carlsson | b32a1ba | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2590 | Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) |
| 2591 | << SizeRange; |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2592 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2593 | } else if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) { |
Anders Carlsson | b32a1ba | 2008-12-07 00:49:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) |
| 2595 | << SizeRange; |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2596 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2597 | } |
| 2598 | } |
| 2599 | } else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
| 2600 | if (IDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { |
| 2601 | Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); |
| 2602 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2603 | } else { |
| 2604 | if (IDecl->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Extern) { |
| 2605 | Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); |
| 2606 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2607 | } |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2608 | } |
| 2609 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2610 | |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2611 | // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is declared with |
| 2612 | // no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the object shall be complete... |
Steve Naroff | 72a6ebc | 2008-04-15 22:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2613 | if (IDecl->isBlockVarDecl() && |
| 2614 | IDecl->getStorageClass() != VarDecl::Extern) { |
Douglas Gregor | 46fe06e | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2615 | if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 2616 | DiagnoseIncompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, |
| 2617 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2619 | } |
| 2620 | // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for and |
| 2621 | // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a |
| 2622 | // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", |
| 2623 | // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with |
| 2624 | // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2625 | if (isTentativeDefinition(IDecl)) { |
Eli Friedman | e007979 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2626 | if (T->isIncompleteArrayType()) { |
Steve Naroff | 6068546 | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2627 | // C99 6.9.2 (p2, p5): Implicit initialization causes an incomplete |
| 2628 | // array to be completed. Don't issue a diagnostic. |
Douglas Gregor | 46fe06e | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2629 | } else if (!IDecl->isInvalidDecl() && |
| 2630 | DiagnoseIncompleteType(IDecl->getLocation(), T, |
| 2631 | diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) |
Steve Naroff | 6068546 | 2008-01-18 20:40:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2632 | // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is |
| 2633 | // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the |
| 2634 | // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | IDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Steve Naroff | 6a0e209 | 2007-09-12 14:07:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2636 | } |
Steve Naroff | b5e7815 | 2008-08-08 17:50:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | if (IDecl->isFileVarDecl()) |
| 2638 | CheckForFileScopedRedefinitions(S, IDecl); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | } |
| 2640 | return NewGroup; |
| 2641 | } |
Steve Naroff | 91b03f7 | 2007-08-28 03:03:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() |
| 2644 | /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. |
| 2645 | Sema::DeclTy * |
| 2646 | Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
Chris Lattner | 5e77ade | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2647 | const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. |
Daniel Dunbar | b648e8c | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = VarDecl::None; |
| 2651 | if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { |
| 2652 | StorageClass = VarDecl::Register; |
| 2653 | } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), |
| 2655 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 5e77ade | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | } |
| 2658 | if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) { |
| 2659 | Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), |
| 2660 | diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); |
Chris Lattner | 5e77ade | 2008-06-26 06:49:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2662 | } |
| 2663 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2b9422f | 2008-05-07 04:49:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this |
| 2665 | // parameter (C++ only). |
| 2666 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 2667 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
| 2668 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2669 | // In this context, we *do not* check D.getInvalidType(). If the declarator |
| 2670 | // type was invalid, GetTypeForDeclarator() still returns a "valid" type, |
| 2671 | // though it will not reflect the user specified type. |
| 2672 | QualType parmDeclType = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 | assert(!parmDeclType.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| 2675 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2676 | // TODO: CHECK FOR CONFLICTS, multiple decls with same name in one scope. |
| 2677 | // Can this happen for params? We already checked that they don't conflict |
| 2678 | // among each other. Here they can only shadow globals, which is ok. |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2679 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
Chris Lattner | 310dea3 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2680 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2681 | if (NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupOrdinaryName)) { |
Chris Lattner | 310dea3 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2682 | if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
| 2683 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 2684 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); |
| 2685 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 2686 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 2687 | } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { |
| 2688 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | |
Chris Lattner | 310dea3 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | // Recover by removing the name |
| 2691 | II = 0; |
| 2692 | D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); |
| 2693 | } |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | } |
Steve Naroff | 94cd93f | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | |
| 2697 | // Perform the default function/array conversion (C99 6.7.5.3p[7,8]). |
| 2698 | // Doing the promotion here has a win and a loss. The win is the type for |
| 2699 | // both Decl's and DeclRefExpr's will match (a convenient invariant for the |
| 2700 | // code generator). The loss is the orginal type isn't preserved. For example: |
| 2701 | // |
| 2702 | // void func(int parmvardecl[5]) { // convert "int [5]" to "int *" |
| 2703 | // int blockvardecl[5]; |
| 2704 | // sizeof(parmvardecl); // size == 4 |
| 2705 | // sizeof(blockvardecl); // size == 20 |
| 2706 | // } |
| 2707 | // |
| 2708 | // For expressions, all implicit conversions are captured using the |
| 2709 | // ImplicitCastExpr AST node (we have no such mechanism for Decl's). |
| 2710 | // |
| 2711 | // FIXME: If a source translation tool needs to see the original type, then |
| 2712 | // we need to consider storing both types (in ParmVarDecl)... |
| 2713 | // |
Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | if (parmDeclType->isArrayType()) { |
Chris Lattner | c08564a | 2008-01-02 22:50:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict |
Chris Lattner | 19eb97e | 2008-04-02 05:18:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2716 | parmDeclType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(parmDeclType); |
Chris Lattner | c08564a | 2008-01-02 22:50:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2717 | } else if (parmDeclType->isFunctionType()) |
Steve Naroff | 94cd93f | 2007-08-07 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | parmDeclType = Context.getPointerType(parmDeclType); |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 2721 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, |
Daniel Dunbar | b648e8c | 2008-09-03 21:54:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | parmDeclType, StorageClass, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | 0); |
Anders Carlsson | 3f70c54 | 2008-02-15 07:04:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2725 | if (D.getInvalidType()) |
Steve Naroff | cae537d | 2007-08-28 18:45:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2728 | // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). |
| 2729 | if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { |
| 2730 | Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) |
| 2731 | << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); |
| 2732 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2733 | } |
| 2734 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2735 | // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. |
| 2736 | S->AddDecl(New); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | if (II) |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | IdResolver.AddDecl(New); |
Nate Begeman | 9f3c4bb | 2008-02-17 21:20:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | |
Chris Lattner | 9b384ca | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | ProcessDeclAttributes(New, D); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | return New; |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | dfb1c37 | 2007-11-08 23:49:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2744 | |
Douglas Gregor | 65075ec | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2746 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2747 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2748 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' |
| 2751 | // for a K&R function. |
| 2752 | if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { |
| 2753 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) |
| 2756 | << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better |
| 2758 | // type. |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 2760 | const char* PrevSpec; // unused |
| 2761 | DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, |
| 2762 | PrevSpec); |
| 2763 | Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); |
| 2764 | ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); |
Douglas Gregor | 65075ec | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2765 | FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | } |
| 2767 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 65075ec | 2009-01-23 16:23:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | } |
| 2769 | } |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { |
| 2772 | assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); |
| 2773 | assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && |
| 2774 | "Not a function declarator!"); |
| 2775 | DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | if (FTI.hasPrototype) { |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2778 | // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | } |
| 2780 | |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2781 | Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); |
Steve Naroff | 1d5bd64 | 2008-01-14 20:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2782 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2783 | return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, |
Douglas Gregor | c5cbc24 | 2008-12-15 23:53:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | ActOnDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 0, |
| 2785 | /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true)); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2786 | } |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, DeclTy *D) { |
| 2789 | Decl *decl = static_cast<Decl*>(D); |
Chris Lattner | 2d2216b | 2008-02-16 01:20:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2790 | FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(decl); |
Douglas Gregor | 56da786 | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2791 | |
| 2792 | // See if this is a redefinition. |
| 2793 | const FunctionDecl *Definition; |
| 2794 | if (FD->getBody(Definition)) { |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2796 | Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 56da786 | 2008-10-29 15:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | } |
| 2798 | |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | // Builtin functions cannot be defined. |
| 2800 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
Douglas Gregor | fe3ccfa | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; |
Douglas Gregor | fe3ccfa | 2009-02-17 16:03:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2803 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2804 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 083c23e | 2009-02-16 17:45:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | } |
| 2806 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | b27a870 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2808 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | // Check the validity of our function parameters |
| 2810 | CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); |
| 2811 | |
| 2812 | // Introduce our parameters into the function scope |
| 2813 | for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { |
| 2814 | ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); |
Douglas Gregor | d394a27 | 2009-01-09 18:51:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | Param->setOwningFunction(FD); |
| 2816 | |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2817 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2818 | if (Param->getIdentifier()) |
| 2819 | PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | } |
Chris Lattner | 3e254fb | 2008-04-08 04:40:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | b27a870 | 2008-12-26 00:52:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | // Checking attributes of current function definition |
| 2823 | // dllimport attribute. |
| 2824 | if (FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { |
| 2825 | // dllimport attribute cannot be applied to definition. |
| 2826 | if (!(FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>())->isInherited()) { |
| 2827 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 2828 | diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) |
| 2829 | << "dllimport"; |
| 2830 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 2831 | return FD; |
| 2832 | } else { |
| 2833 | // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the |
| 2834 | // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is |
| 2835 | // emitted. |
| 2836 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), |
| 2837 | diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) |
| 2838 | << FD->getNameAsCString() << "dllimport"; |
| 2839 | } |
| 2840 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | return FD; |
| 2842 | } |
| 2843 | |
Sebastian Redl | 91f9b0a | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2844 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(DeclTy *D, StmtArg BodyArg) { |
Steve Naroff | 99ee430 | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | Decl *dcl = static_cast<Decl *>(D); |
Sebastian Redl | 91f9b0a | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2846 | Stmt *Body = static_cast<Stmt*>(BodyArg.release()); |
Steve Naroff | 3ac43f9 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2847 | if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { |
Sebastian Redl | 91f9b0a | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2848 | FD->setBody(Body); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 95256e6 | 2008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2849 | assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); |
Steve Naroff | 3ac43f9 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 5e3f217 | 2009-02-16 19:27:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); |
Steve Naroff | 99ee430 | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | MD->setBody((Stmt*)Body); |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | } else { |
| 2854 | Body->Destroy(Context); |
Steve Naroff | 3ac43f9 | 2008-07-25 17:57:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2855 | return 0; |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2856 | } |
Chris Lattner | f3874bc | 2008-04-06 04:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2857 | PopDeclContext(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2858 | // Verify and clean out per-function state. |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | // Check goto/label use. |
| 2861 | for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator |
| 2862 | I = LabelMap.begin(), E = LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 2863 | // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto |
| 2864 | // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd |
| 2865 | // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. |
| 2866 | if (I->second->getSubStmt() == 0) { |
| 2867 | LabelStmt *L = I->second; |
| 2868 | // Emit error. |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2870 | |
| 2871 | // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into |
| 2872 | // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well |
| 2873 | // formed. |
Chris Lattner | 8334334 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2874 | if (Body) { |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2875 | #if 0 |
| 2876 | // FIXME: Why do this? Having a 'push_back' in CompoundStmt is ugly, |
| 2877 | // and the AST is malformed anyway. We should just blow away 'L'. |
| 2878 | L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); |
| 2879 | cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)->push_back(L); |
| 2880 | #else |
| 2881 | L->Destroy(Context); |
| 2882 | #endif |
Chris Lattner | 8334334 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2883 | } else { |
| 2884 | // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly, just delete this. |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2885 | L->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | 8334334 | 2008-01-25 00:01:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2887 | } |
| 2888 | } |
| 2889 | LabelMap.clear(); |
| 2890 | |
Steve Naroff | 99ee430 | 2007-11-11 23:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2891 | return D; |
Fariborz Jahanian | e6f59f1 | 2007-11-10 16:31:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2892 | } |
| 2893 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2894 | /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function |
| 2895 | /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2896 | NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2897 | IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { |
Chris Lattner | dea31bf | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2898 | // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. |
| 2899 | if (getLangOptions().C99) |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2900 | Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Chris Lattner | dea31bf | 2008-05-05 21:18:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2901 | else |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2902 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2903 | |
| 2904 | // FIXME: handle stuff like: |
| 2905 | // void foo() { extern float X(); } |
| 2906 | // void bar() { X(); } <-- implicit decl for X in another scope. |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 | // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); |
| 2909 | const char *Dummy; |
| 2910 | DeclSpec DS; |
| 2911 | bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy); |
| 2912 | Error = Error; // Silence warning. |
| 2913 | assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); |
| 2914 | Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); |
Sebastian Redl | 0c98603 | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, 0, 0, 0, Loc, D), |
| 2916 | SourceLocation()); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2917 | D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); |
Sebastian Redl | 0c98603 | 2009-02-09 18:23:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2918 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | bb4f7b4 | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. |
| 2920 | |
| 2921 | DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; |
| 2922 | CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); |
| 2923 | |
Steve Naroff | 9104f3c | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | FunctionDecl *FD = |
Daniel Dunbar | 72eaf8a | 2008-08-05 16:28:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D, 0))); |
Steve Naroff | 9104f3c | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2926 | FD->setImplicit(); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | bb4f7b4 | 2008-05-01 21:04:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | |
| 2928 | CurContext = PrevDC; |
| 2929 | |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2930 | AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); |
| 2931 | |
Steve Naroff | 9104f3c | 2008-04-04 14:32:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | return FD; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2933 | } |
| 2934 | |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on |
| 2936 | /// the declaration of this function. |
| 2937 | /// |
| 2938 | /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins |
| 2939 | /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions |
| 2940 | /// like NSLog or printf. |
| 2941 | void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 2942 | if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) |
| 2943 | return; |
| 2944 | |
| 2945 | // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to |
| 2946 | // actual attributes. |
| 2947 | if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID(Context)) { |
| 2948 | // Handle printf-formatting attributes. |
| 2949 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 2950 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 2951 | if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { |
| 2952 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
| 2953 | FD->addAttr(new FormatAttr("printf", FormatIdx + 1, FormatIdx + 2)); |
| 2954 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | fd46ea2 | 2009-02-16 22:43:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | |
| 2956 | // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only |
| 2957 | // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows |
| 2958 | // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. |
| 2959 | if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && |
| 2960 | Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { |
| 2961 | if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) |
| 2962 | FD->addAttr(new ConstAttr()); |
| 2963 | } |
Douglas Gregor | b5af738 | 2009-02-14 18:57:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2964 | } |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); |
| 2967 | if (!Name) |
| 2968 | return; |
| 2969 | if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && |
| 2970 | FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || |
| 2971 | (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && |
| 2972 | cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == |
| 2973 | LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { |
| 2974 | // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know |
| 2975 | // about. |
| 2976 | } else |
| 2977 | return; |
| 2978 | |
| 2979 | unsigned KnownID; |
| 2980 | for (KnownID = 0; KnownID != id_num_known_functions; ++KnownID) |
| 2981 | if (KnownFunctionIDs[KnownID] == Name) |
| 2982 | break; |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | switch (KnownID) { |
| 2985 | case id_NSLog: |
| 2986 | case id_NSLogv: |
| 2987 | if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { |
| 2988 | // FIXME: We known better than our headers. |
| 2989 | const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType("printf"); |
| 2990 | } else |
| 2991 | FD->addAttr(new FormatAttr("printf", 1, 2)); |
| 2992 | break; |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | case id_asprintf: |
| 2995 | case id_vasprintf: |
| 2996 | if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) |
| 2997 | FD->addAttr(new FormatAttr("printf", 2, 3)); |
| 2998 | break; |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | default: |
| 3001 | // Unknown function or known function without any attributes to |
| 3002 | // add. Do nothing. |
| 3003 | break; |
| 3004 | } |
| 3005 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3006 | |
Chris Lattner | 82bb479 | 2007-11-14 06:34:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3007 | TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3008 | Decl *LastDeclarator) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3009 | assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3010 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3011 | |
| 3012 | // Scope manipulation handled by caller. |
Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, |
| 3014 | D.getIdentifierLoc(), |
Chris Lattner | e465048 | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | D.getIdentifier(), |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3016 | T); |
| 3017 | NewTD->setNextDeclarator(LastDeclarator); |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3018 | if (D.getInvalidType()) |
| 3019 | NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3020 | return NewTD; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3021 | } |
| 3022 | |
Steve Naroff | 0acc9c9 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3024 | /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TK indicates whether this is a |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagKind TK, |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 311db8c | 2008-11-08 16:45:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3028 | SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 3029 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
Douglas Gregor | d406b03 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3030 | AttributeList *Attr) { |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3031 | // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3032 | assert((Name != 0 || TK == TK_Definition) && |
| 3033 | "Nameless record must be a definition!"); |
Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3034 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | TagDecl::TagKind Kind; |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | switch (TagSpec) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3037 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown tag type!"); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3038 | case DeclSpec::TST_struct: Kind = TagDecl::TK_struct; break; |
| 3039 | case DeclSpec::TST_union: Kind = TagDecl::TK_union; break; |
| 3040 | case DeclSpec::TST_class: Kind = TagDecl::TK_class; break; |
| 3041 | case DeclSpec::TST_enum: Kind = TagDecl::TK_enum; break; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3042 | } |
| 3043 | |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3044 | DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 5ce4db8 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3045 | DeclContext *DC = CurContext; |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3046 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3047 | |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3048 | bool Invalid = false; |
| 3049 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 70b5413 | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { |
| 3051 | // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | // Check for invalid 'foo::'. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 5ce4db8 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | if (SS.isInvalid()) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 70b5413 | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3055 | Name = 0; |
| 3056 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3057 | } |
| 3058 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 5ce4db8 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | DC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(SS.getScopeRep()); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3060 | SearchDC = DC; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 5ce4db8 | 2008-11-09 22:53:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. |
Steve Naroff | c349ee2 | 2009-01-29 00:07:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3062 | PrevDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>( |
Douglas Gregor | 7a7be65 | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | LookupQualifiedName(DC, Name, LookupTagName, true).getAsDecl()); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 70b5413 | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3064 | |
| 3065 | // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. |
| 3066 | if (PrevDecl == 0) { |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) << Name << SS.getRange(); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 70b5413 | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3068 | Name = 0; |
| 3069 | goto CreateNewDecl; |
| 3070 | } |
Chris Lattner | 310dea3 | 2009-01-21 02:38:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3071 | } else if (Name) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 70b5413 | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward |
| 3073 | // declaration or definition. |
Douglas Gregor | 7a7be65 | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we |
| 3075 | // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we |
| 3076 | // shouldn't be diagnosing. |
Douglas Gregor | 362c895 | 2009-02-03 19:26:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | LookupResult R = LookupName(S, Name, LookupTagName, |
| 3078 | /*RedeclarationOnly=*/(TK != TK_Reference)); |
Douglas Gregor | 7a7be65 | 2009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3079 | if (R.isAmbiguous()) { |
| 3080 | DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(R, Name, NameLoc); |
| 3081 | // FIXME: This is not best way to recover from case like: |
| 3082 | // |
| 3083 | // struct S s; |
| 3084 | // |
| 3085 | // causes needless err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_init latter. |
| 3086 | Name = 0; |
| 3087 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3088 | Invalid = true; |
| 3089 | } |
| 3090 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | PrevDecl = R; |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | |
| 3093 | if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TK != TK_Reference) { |
| 3094 | // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated |
| 3095 | // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching |
| 3096 | // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3097 | // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) |
| 3099 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 70b5413 | 2008-11-09 22:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3101 | } |
| 3102 | |
Douglas Gregor | 2715a1f | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | dd86106 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3104 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 3105 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 3106 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 3107 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3108 | } |
| 3109 | |
Chris Lattner | 31ccf0a | 2009-02-16 22:07:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | if (PrevDecl) { |
| 3111 | // If the previous declaration was deprecated, emit a warning. |
| 3112 | DiagnoseUseOfDeprecatedDecl(PrevDecl, NameLoc); |
| 3113 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 03e6aaf | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3114 | if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 5bf0ad5 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3115 | // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared |
| 3116 | // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 03e6aaf | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 | // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | if (TK == TK_Reference || isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Chris Lattner | 5bf0ad5 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3119 | // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a |
| 3120 | // struct or something similar. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | if (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != Kind) { |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); |
Chris Lattner | 5bf0ad5 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3124 | // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 03e6aaf | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 | Name = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 5bf0ad5 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3126 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | Invalid = true; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 03e6aaf | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. |
Chris Lattner | 5bf0ad5 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue |
| 3132 | // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. |
| 3133 | // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will |
| 3134 | // need to be changed with DeclGroups. |
| 3135 | if (TK == TK_Reference) |
Chris Lattner | 5bf0ad5 | 2008-07-03 03:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 | return PrevDecl; |
Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. |
| 3139 | if (TK == TK_Definition) { |
| 3140 | if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition(Context)) { |
| 3141 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3142 | Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3143 | // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this |
| 3144 | // struct be anonymous, which will make any later |
| 3145 | // references get the previous definition. |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3146 | Name = 0; |
| 3147 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | Invalid = true; |
| 3149 | } else { |
| 3150 | // If the type is currently being defined, complain |
| 3151 | // about a nested redefinition. |
| 3152 | TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); |
| 3153 | if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { |
| 3154 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; |
| 3155 | Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), |
| 3156 | diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3157 | Name = 0; |
| 3158 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3159 | Invalid = true; |
| 3160 | } |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3161 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced |
| 3164 | // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 03e6aaf | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3166 | } |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3167 | // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we |
| 3168 | // have a definition. Just create a new decl. |
| 3169 | } else { |
| 3170 | // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested |
| 3171 | // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a |
| 3172 | // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities |
| 3173 | // have distinct types. |
| 3174 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3175 | } |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3176 | // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl |
| 3177 | // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by |
| 3178 | // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 03e6aaf | 2008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3179 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | // PrevDecl is a namespace, template, or anything else |
| 3181 | // that lives in the IDNS_Tag identifier namespace. |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | if (isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { |
Ted Kremenek | 40e70e7 | 2008-09-03 18:03:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3183 | // The tag name clashes with a namespace name, issue an error and |
| 3184 | // recover by making this tag be anonymous. |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 5beb45f | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 | Name = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3188 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | Invalid = true; |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | } else { |
| 3191 | // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a |
| 3192 | // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. |
| 3193 | PrevDecl = 0; |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 5beb45f | 2008-07-16 07:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3194 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3195 | } |
Douglas Gregor | cab994d | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3196 | } else if (TK == TK_Reference && SS.isEmpty() && Name && |
| 3197 | (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum)) { |
| 3198 | // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: |
| 3199 | // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form |
| 3200 | // |
| 3201 | // class-key identifier |
| 3202 | // |
| 3203 | // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the |
| 3204 | // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a |
| 3205 | // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is |
| 3206 | // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains |
| 3207 | // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend |
| 3208 | // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest |
| 3209 | // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the |
| 3210 | // declaration. |
| 3211 | // |
| 3212 | // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for |
| 3213 | // C structs and unions. |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 | // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3216 | // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the |
| 3217 | // lexical context, |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | while (SearchDC->isRecord()) |
| 3219 | SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); |
Douglas Gregor | cab994d | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3220 | |
| 3221 | // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. |
| 3222 | while (S->isClassScope() || |
| 3223 | (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || |
Douglas Gregor | 5eca99e | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3224 | ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || |
| 3225 | (S->getEntity() && |
| 3226 | ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) |
Douglas Gregor | cab994d | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3227 | S = S->getParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3228 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 054a263 | 2008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3229 | |
Chris Lattner | 9bb9abf | 2008-12-17 07:13:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3230 | CreateNewDecl: |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | |
| 3232 | // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the |
| 3233 | // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union |
| 3234 | // keyword. |
| 3235 | SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; |
| 3236 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3237 | // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous |
| 3238 | // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via |
| 3239 | // PrevDecl. |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | TagDecl *New; |
Douglas Gregor | 723d333 | 2009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3241 | |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3242 | if (Kind == TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3244 | // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3245 | New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3246 | cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3247 | // If this is an undefined enum, warn. |
| 3248 | if (TK != TK_Definition) Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | } else { |
| 3250 | // struct/union/class |
| 3251 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: |
| 3253 | // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. |
Douglas Gregor | d406b03 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
Ted Kremenek | 770b11d | 2008-09-05 17:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3256 | New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Douglas Gregor | d406b03 | 2009-02-06 22:42:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 | else |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3261 | } |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | |
| 3263 | if (Kind != TagDecl::TK_enum) { |
| 3264 | // Handle #pragma pack: if the #pragma pack stack has non-default |
| 3265 | // alignment, make up a packed attribute for this decl. These |
| 3266 | // attributes are checked when the ASTContext lays out the |
| 3267 | // structure. |
| 3268 | // |
| 3269 | // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this |
| 3270 | // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is |
| 3271 | // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at |
| 3272 | // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because |
| 3273 | // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the |
| 3274 | // parsing of the struct). |
Chris Lattner | a869956 | 2009-02-17 01:09:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3275 | if (unsigned Alignment = getPragmaPackAlignment()) |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3276 | New->addAttr(new PackedAttr(Alignment * 8)); |
| 3277 | } |
| 3278 | |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3279 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && SS.isEmpty() && Name && !Invalid) { |
| 3280 | // C++ [dcl.typedef]p3: |
| 3281 | // [...] Similarly, in a given scope, a class or enumeration |
| 3282 | // shall not be declared with the same name as a typedef-name |
| 3283 | // that is declared in that scope and refers to a type other |
| 3284 | // than the class or enumeration itself. |
Douglas Gregor | 52ae30c | 2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3285 | LookupResult Lookup = LookupName(S, Name, LookupOrdinaryName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | b31f294 | 2009-01-28 17:15:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3286 | TypedefDecl *PrevTypedef = 0; |
| 3287 | if (Lookup.getKind() == LookupResult::Found) |
| 3288 | PrevTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Lookup.getAsDecl()); |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | if (PrevTypedef && isDeclInScope(PrevTypedef, SearchDC, S) && |
| 3291 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(PrevTypedef)) != |
| 3292 | Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(New))) { |
| 3293 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) |
| 3294 | << Context.getTypeDeclType(New) |
| 3295 | << PrevTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); |
| 3296 | Diag(PrevTypedef->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
| 3297 | Invalid = true; |
| 3298 | } |
| 3299 | } |
| 3300 | |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3301 | if (Invalid) |
| 3302 | New->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3303 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3304 | if (Attr) |
| 3305 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(New, Attr); |
| 3306 | |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3307 | // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope |
| 3308 | // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. |
Douglas Gregor | cab994d | 2009-01-09 22:42:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3309 | if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3310 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); |
| 3311 | |
Douglas Gregor | ae64489 | 2008-12-15 16:32:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3312 | // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the |
| 3313 | // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3314 | New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); |
Douglas Gregor | 98b2754 | 2009-01-17 00:42:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3315 | |
| 3316 | if (TK == TK_Definition) |
| 3317 | New->startDefinition(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3318 | |
| 3319 | // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. |
| 3320 | if (Name) { |
Douglas Gregor | 5eca99e | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3321 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3322 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | b748fc5 | 2009-01-12 22:49:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3323 | } else { |
Douglas Gregor | 2d87eb0 | 2009-02-03 00:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3324 | CurContext->addDecl(New); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3325 | } |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 881964b | 2008-11-09 23:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3326 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3327 | return New; |
| 3328 | } |
| 3329 | |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3330 | void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3331 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3332 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>((Decl *)TagD); |
| 3333 | |
| 3334 | // Enter the tag context. |
| 3335 | PushDeclContext(S, Tag); |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { |
| 3338 | FieldCollector->StartClass(); |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | if (Record->getIdentifier()) { |
| 3341 | // C++ [class]p2: |
| 3342 | // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the |
| 3343 | // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For |
| 3344 | // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated |
| 3345 | // as if it were a public member name. |
| 3346 | RecordDecl *InjectedClassName |
| 3347 | = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), |
| 3348 | CurContext, Record->getLocation(), |
| 3349 | Record->getIdentifier(), Record); |
| 3350 | InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); |
| 3351 | PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); |
| 3352 | } |
| 3353 | } |
| 3354 | } |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD) { |
Douglas Gregor | 279272e | 2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>((Decl *)TagD); |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) |
| 3361 | FieldCollector->FinishClass(); |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 | // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. |
| 3364 | PopDeclContext(); |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. |
| 3367 | Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); |
| 3368 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1bf58f6 | 2008-06-21 19:39:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3369 | |
Chris Lattner | a73e220 | 2008-11-12 21:17:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3370 | /// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array |
| 3371 | /// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise |
| 3372 | /// be errors (for GCC compatibility). |
| 3373 | static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, |
| 3374 | ASTContext &Context) { |
Eli Friedman | 48fb3ee | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3375 | // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant |
| 3376 | // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary |
| 3377 | // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy |
| 3378 | // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} |
Chris Lattner | d03be6e | 2008-11-12 19:48:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3379 | const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); |
| 3380 | if (!VLATy) return QualType(); |
| 3381 | |
Anders Carlsson | 8c3de80 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3382 | Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; |
Chris Lattner | d03be6e | 2008-11-12 19:48:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || |
Anders Carlsson | 8c3de80 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context)) |
Chris Lattner | d03be6e | 2008-11-12 19:48:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | return QualType(); |
| 3386 | |
Anders Carlsson | 8c3de80 | 2008-12-19 20:58:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3387 | assert(EvalResult.Val.isInt() && "Size expressions must be integers!"); |
| 3388 | llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); |
Nuno Lopes | 5ba3b26 | 2009-02-02 22:32:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3389 | if (Res >= llvm::APSInt(Res.getBitWidth(), Res.isUnsigned())) |
| 3390 | return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), |
| 3391 | Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); |
| 3392 | return QualType(); |
Eli Friedman | 48fb3ee | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3393 | } |
| 3394 | |
Anders Carlsson | 108229a | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3395 | bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
Chris Lattner | 8464c37 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3396 | QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth) { |
Anders Carlsson | 108229a | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3397 | // FIXME: 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | llvm::APSInt Value; |
| 3400 | if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) |
| 3401 | return true; |
| 3402 | |
Chris Lattner | 8464c37 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3403 | // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. |
| 3404 | if (Value == 0 && FieldName) |
| 3405 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; |
| 3406 | |
| 3407 | if (Value.isNegative()) |
| 3408 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) << FieldName; |
Anders Carlsson | 108229a | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3409 | |
| 3410 | uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); |
| 3411 | // FIXME: We won't need the 0 size once we check that the field type is valid. |
Chris Lattner | 8464c37 | 2008-12-12 04:56:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3412 | if (TypeSize && Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) |
| 3413 | return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) |
| 3414 | << FieldName << (unsigned)TypeSize; |
Anders Carlsson | 108229a | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | |
| 3416 | return false; |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | |
Steve Naroff | 0acc9c9 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3419 | /// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3420 | /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, DeclTy *TagD, |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3423 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { |
| 3424 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 3425 | Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | RecordDecl *Record = (RecordDecl *)TagD; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| 3431 | // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| 3435 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Sebastian Redl | 39c0f6f | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3438 | // than a variably modified type. |
Eli Friedman | e007979 | 2008-02-15 12:53:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Chris Lattner | a73e220 | 2008-11-12 21:17:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3440 | QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context); |
Eli Friedman | 48fb3ee | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { |
Chris Lattner | 86be857 | 2008-11-13 18:49:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 | Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); |
Eli Friedman | 48fb3ee | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3443 | T = FixedTy; |
| 3444 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 86be857 | 2008-11-13 18:49:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3445 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); |
Chris Lattner | 2a88475 | 2008-11-12 19:45:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3446 | T = Context.IntTy; |
Eli Friedman | 48fb3ee | 2008-06-03 21:01:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3448 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | } |
Anders Carlsson | 108229a | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | |
| 3451 | if (BitWidth) { |
| 3452 | if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) |
| 3453 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3454 | } else { |
| 3455 | // Not a bitfield. |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | // validate II. |
| 3458 | |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3461 | // FIXME: Chain fielddecls together. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 38f1671 | 2008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3462 | FieldDecl *NewFD; |
| 3463 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, |
| 3465 | Loc, II, T, BitWidth, |
| 3466 | D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3468 | |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3469 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3470 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) |
| 3472 | && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3473 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3474 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3475 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3476 | Record->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3477 | } |
| 3478 | } |
| 3479 | |
Sebastian Redl | 39c0f6f | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3480 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { |
Douglas Gregor | 605de8d | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); |
Sebastian Redl | 39c0f6f | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3482 | if (!T->isPODType()) |
| 3483 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->setPOD(false); |
| 3484 | } |
Douglas Gregor | 605de8d | 2008-12-16 21:30:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | |
Chris Lattner | 9b384ca | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewFD, D); |
Anders Carlsson | 136cdc3 | 2008-02-16 00:29:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3487 | |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3488 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 3489 | NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3490 | |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3491 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | } else |
Douglas Gregor | 03b2ad2 | 2009-01-12 23:27:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3494 | Record->addDecl(NewFD); |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 | |
Steve Naroff | d1ad6ae | 2007-08-28 20:14:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | return NewFD; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 | } |
| 3498 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | bec0d56 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3499 | /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an |
| 3500 | /// AST enum value. |
Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3501 | static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl |
Fariborz Jahanian | bec0d56 | 2007-10-01 16:53:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3502 | TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { |
Steve Naroff | ffeaa55 | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | switch (ivarVisibility) { |
Chris Lattner | 504c543 | 2008-10-12 00:28:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3504 | default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); |
| 3505 | case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; |
| 3506 | case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; |
| 3507 | case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; |
| 3508 | case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; |
Steve Naroff | ffeaa55 | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3509 | } |
| 3510 | } |
| 3511 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4e0bb98 | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this |
| 3513 | /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, |
Fariborz Jahanian | 4e0bb98 | 2008-04-11 16:55:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3515 | SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3516 | Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3517 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3518 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3519 | IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); |
| 3520 | Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; |
| 3521 | SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; |
| 3522 | if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for |
| 3525 | // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! |
| 3526 | |
Anders Carlsson | 108229a | 2008-12-06 20:33:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3527 | QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); |
| 3528 | assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); |
| 3529 | bool InvalidDecl = false; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3530 | |
| 3531 | if (BitWidth) { |
| 3532 | // TODO: Validate. |
| 3533 | //printf("WARNING: BITFIELDS IGNORED!\n"); |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | // 6.7.2.1p3 |
| 3536 | // 6.7.2.1p4 |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | } else { |
| 3539 | // Not a bitfield. |
| 3540 | |
| 3541 | // validate II. |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | } |
| 3544 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3545 | // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other |
| 3546 | // than a variably modified type. |
| 3547 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 68adbd1 | 2008-12-07 00:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | InvalidDecl = true; |
| 3550 | } |
| 3551 | |
Ted Kremenek | 173dd31 | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. |
| 3553 | ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = |
| 3554 | Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) |
| 3555 | : ObjCIvarDecl::None; |
| 3556 | |
| 3557 | // Construct the decl. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 96e79bf | 2009-02-17 20:20:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, T,ac, |
Steve Naroff | d335422 | 2008-07-16 18:22:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3559 | (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | if (II) { |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, II, LookupMemberName, true); |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) |
| 3564 | && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { |
| 3565 | Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
| 3566 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
| 3567 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3568 | } |
| 3569 | } |
| 3570 | |
Ted Kremenek | 173dd31 | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | // Process attributes attached to the ivar. |
Chris Lattner | 9b384ca | 2008-06-29 00:02:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | ProcessDeclAttributes(NewID, D); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | |
| 3574 | if (D.getInvalidType() || InvalidDecl) |
| 3575 | NewID->setInvalidDecl(); |
Ted Kremenek | 173dd31 | 2008-07-23 18:04:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3576 | |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3577 | if (II) { |
| 3578 | // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add |
| 3579 | // these to the interface. |
| 3580 | S->AddDecl(NewID); |
| 3581 | IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); |
| 3582 | } |
| 3583 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 751c617 | 2008-04-10 23:32:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3584 | return NewID; |
| 3585 | } |
| 3586 | |
Fariborz Jahanian | 0c5affb | 2007-09-29 00:54:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3587 | void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, |
Fariborz Jahanian | cbc36d4 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3588 | SourceLocation RecLoc, DeclTy *RecDecl, |
Steve Naroff | 0acc9c9 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3589 | DeclTy **Fields, unsigned NumFields, |
Daniel Dunbar | f394444 | 2008-10-03 02:03:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 | SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, |
Daniel Dunbar | 175e639 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3591 | AttributeList *Attr) { |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | Decl *EnclosingDecl = static_cast<Decl*>(RecDecl); |
| 3593 | assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); |
| 3594 | RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); |
| 3595 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 | // Verify that all the fields are okay. |
| 3597 | unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; |
| 3598 | llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3601 | FieldDecl *FD = cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Fields[i])); |
| 3602 | assert(FD && "missing field decl"); |
| 3603 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3604 | // Get the type for the field. |
Chris Lattner | 36be3d8 | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3605 | Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3606 | |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3607 | if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { |
Douglas Gregor | c7f0161 | 2009-01-07 19:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3608 | // Remember all fields written by the user. |
| 3609 | RecFields.push_back(FD); |
| 3610 | } |
Steve Naroff | ffeaa55 | 2007-09-14 23:09:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3611 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | // C99 6.7.2.1p2 - A field may not be a function type. |
Chris Lattner | 36be3d8 | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3615 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3617 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 | continue; |
| 3619 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3620 | // C99 6.7.2.1p2 - A field may not be an incomplete type except... |
| 3621 | if (FDTy->isIncompleteType()) { |
Fariborz Jahanian | 023a439 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3622 | if (!Record) { // Incomplete ivar type is always an error. |
Douglas Gregor | 46fe06e | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3623 | DiagnoseIncompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 3624 | diag::err_field_incomplete); |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3626 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | cbc36d4 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3627 | continue; |
Fariborz Jahanian | 023a439 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | if (i != NumFields-1 || // ... that the last member ... |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3630 | !Record->isStruct() || // ... of a structure ... |
Chris Lattner | 36be3d8 | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3631 | !FDTy->isArrayType()) { //... may have incomplete array type. |
Douglas Gregor | 46fe06e | 2009-01-19 19:26:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | DiagnoseIncompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), |
| 3633 | diag::err_field_incomplete); |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3634 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3635 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | continue; |
| 3637 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 023a439 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { //... must have more than named member ... |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3640 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3641 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3642 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | continue; |
| 3644 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3645 | // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 023a439 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3646 | if (Record) |
| 3647 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3649 | /// C99 6.7.2.1p2 - a struct ending in a flexible array member cannot be the |
| 3650 | /// field of another structure or the element of an array. |
Chris Lattner | 36be3d8 | 2007-07-31 21:33:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3651 | if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAsRecordType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3652 | if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { |
| 3653 | // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". |
Argiris Kirtzidis | c6cc7d5 | 2008-06-09 23:19:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3654 | if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3655 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
| 3656 | } else { |
| 3657 | // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject |
| 3658 | // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of |
| 3659 | // structures. |
| 3660 | if (i != NumFields-1) { |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3661 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_variable_sized_type_in_struct) |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3662 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Steve Naroff | 9bb759f | 2007-09-14 22:20:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3664 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3665 | continue; |
| 3666 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in other structs |
| 3668 | // as an extension. |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) |
Chris Lattner | 271d4c2 | 2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3670 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | cbc36d4 | 2007-10-04 00:45:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | if (Record) |
Fariborz Jahanian | 023a439 | 2007-09-14 16:27:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3673 | } |
| 3674 | } |
| 3675 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 550e050 | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object |
Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3677 | if (FDTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) { |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) |
Chris Lattner | b175342 | 2008-11-23 21:45:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3679 | << FD->getDeclName(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 550e050 | 2007-10-12 22:10:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3680 | FD->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3681 | EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); |
| 3682 | continue; |
| 3683 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3684 | // Keep track of the number of named members. |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | if (FD->getIdentifier()) |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3686 | ++NumNamedMembers; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | } |
Sebastian Redl | 39c0f6f | 2009-01-05 20:52:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3688 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. |
Chris Lattner | 33aad6e | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3690 | if (Record) { |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3691 | Record->completeDefinition(Context); |
Chris Lattner | 33aad6e | 2008-02-06 00:51:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3692 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 1100cfb | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 | ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(&RecFields[0]); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 624921a | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3694 | if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Chris Lattner | 1100cfb | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3695 | ID->addInstanceVariablesToClass(ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 0c06709 | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3696 | // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be |
| 3697 | // duplicates. |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2004fb6 | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3698 | if (ID->getSuperClass()) { |
| 3699 | for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator IVI = ID->ivar_begin(), |
| 3700 | IVE = ID->ivar_end(); IVI != IVE; ++IVI) { |
| 3701 | ObjCIvarDecl* Ivar = (*IVI); |
| 3702 | IdentifierInfo *II = Ivar->getIdentifier(); |
Fariborz Jahanian | beae78e | 2009-02-16 19:35:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3703 | ObjCIvarDecl* prevIvar = ID->getSuperClass()->lookupInstanceVariable(II); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2004fb6 | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | if (prevIvar) { |
| 3705 | Diag(Ivar->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; |
Douglas Gregor | db568cf | 2009-01-08 20:45:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3706 | Diag(prevIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 0c06709 | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3707 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 2004fb6 | 2008-12-17 22:21:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3708 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 0c06709 | 2008-12-16 01:08:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | 624921a | 2008-12-13 20:28:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3710 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1100cfb | 2008-02-05 22:40:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 | else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = |
| 3712 | dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { |
Ted Kremenek | 42730c5 | 2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3713 | assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); |
| 3714 | IMPDecl->ObjCAddInstanceVariablesToClassImpl(ClsFields, RecFields.size()); |
Fariborz Jahanian | 8709373 | 2007-10-31 18:48:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3715 | CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); |
Fariborz Jahanian | d34caf9 | 2007-09-26 18:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3716 | } |
Fariborz Jahanian | ebcc9b6 | 2007-09-14 21:08:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 175e639 | 2008-10-03 17:33:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3718 | |
| 3719 | if (Attr) |
| 3720 | ProcessDeclAttributeList(Record, Attr); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3721 | } |
| 3722 | |
Steve Naroff | 0acc9c9 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3723 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, DeclTy *theEnumDecl, |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3724 | DeclTy *lastEnumConst, |
| 3725 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3726 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { |
Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3727 | EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(theEnumDecl)); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3728 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = |
| 3729 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(lastEnumConst)); |
| 3730 | Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); |
| 3731 | |
Chris Lattner | a754990 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3732 | // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until |
| 3733 | // we find one that is. |
Douglas Gregor | 5eca99e | 2009-01-12 18:45:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3734 | S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); |
Chris Lattner | a754990 | 2007-08-26 06:24:45 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this |
| 3737 | // scope. |
Douglas Gregor | 09be81b | 2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3738 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupName(S, Id, LookupOrdinaryName); |
Douglas Gregor | 2715a1f | 2008-12-08 18:40:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3739 | if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { |
Douglas Gregor | dd86106 | 2008-12-05 18:15:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3740 | // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. |
| 3741 | DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); |
| 3742 | // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. |
| 3743 | PrevDecl = 0; |
| 3744 | } |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | if (PrevDecl) { |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 4f071ec | 2008-07-16 21:01:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3747 | // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the |
| 3748 | // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. |
| 3749 | assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && |
| 3750 | "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 90842b6 | 2008-09-09 21:18:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3751 | if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3752 | if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3753 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3754 | else |
Chris Lattner | 65cae29 | 2008-11-19 08:23:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3755 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; |
Chris Lattner | 1336cab | 2008-11-23 23:12:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3756 | Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3757 | Val->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3758 | return 0; |
| 3759 | } |
| 3760 | } |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | llvm::APSInt EnumVal(32); |
| 3763 | QualType EltTy; |
| 3764 | if (Val) { |
Chris Lattner | 2cda879 | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | // Make sure to promote the operand type to int. |
| 3766 | UsualUnaryConversions(Val); |
| 3767 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. |
| 3769 | SourceLocation ExpLoc; |
Anders Carlsson | 5374c6b | 2008-12-05 16:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3770 | if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3771 | Val->Destroy(Context); |
Chris Lattner | e7f53a4 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3772 | Val = 0; // Just forget about it. |
Chris Lattner | 7cea055 | 2007-08-29 16:03:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3773 | } else { |
| 3774 | EltTy = Val->getType(); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3775 | } |
Chris Lattner | e7f53a4 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3776 | } |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | if (!Val) { |
| 3779 | if (LastEnumConst) { |
| 3780 | // Assign the last value + 1. |
| 3781 | EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); |
| 3782 | ++EnumVal; |
Chris Lattner | 2cda879 | 2007-08-27 21:16:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3783 | |
| 3784 | // Check for overflow on increment. |
| 3785 | if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) |
| 3786 | Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); |
| 3787 | |
Chris Lattner | e7f53a4 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3788 | EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); |
| 3789 | } else { |
| 3790 | // First value, set to zero. |
| 3791 | EltTy = Context.IntTy; |
Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(static_cast<uint32_t>(Context.getTypeSize(EltTy))); |
Chris Lattner | e7f53a4 | 2007-08-27 17:37:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3794 | } |
| 3795 | |
Chris Lattner | e465048 | 2008-03-15 06:12:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3796 | EnumConstantDecl *New = |
Chris Lattner | eee57c0 | 2008-04-04 06:12:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3797 | EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, TheEnumDecl, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3798 | Val, EnumVal); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3799 | |
| 3800 | // Register this decl in the current scope stack. |
Argiris Kirtzidis | 951f25b | 2008-04-12 00:47:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | PushOnScopeChains(New, S); |
Douglas Gregor | 0c3ab04 | 2008-12-17 02:04:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3802 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3803 | return New; |
| 3804 | } |
| 3805 | |
Steve Naroff | b0726b8 | 2008-08-07 14:08:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3806 | // FIXME: For consistency with ActOnFields(), we should have the parser |
| 3807 | // pass in the source location for the left/right braces. |
Steve Naroff | 0acc9c9 | 2007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3808 | void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, DeclTy *EnumDeclX, |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3809 | DeclTy **Elements, unsigned NumElements) { |
| 3810 | EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(EnumDeclX)); |
Douglas Gregor | d802838 | 2009-01-05 19:45:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3811 | QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | |
Chris Lattner | 435c3fd | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3813 | // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long |
| 3814 | // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, |
| 3815 | // emit a warning. |
Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3816 | unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | 435c3fd | 2007-08-28 05:10:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3817 | |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3818 | // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and |
| 3819 | // reverse the list. |
| 3820 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; |
| 3821 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. |
| 3824 | bool AllElementsInt = true; |
| 3825 | |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3826 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 3827 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| 3828 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Elements[i])); |
| 3829 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
Chris Lattner | cb33ae1 | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3830 | |
| 3831 | // If the enum value doesn't fit in an int, emit an extension warning. |
Chris Lattner | cb33ae1 | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
Chris Lattner | 6ea9bd4 | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | assert(InitVal.getBitWidth() >= IntWidth && |
| 3834 | "Should have promoted value to int"); |
Chris Lattner | cb33ae1 | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3835 | if (InitVal.getBitWidth() > IntWidth) { |
| 3836 | llvm::APSInt V(InitVal); |
| 3837 | V.trunc(IntWidth); |
| 3838 | V.extend(InitVal.getBitWidth()); |
| 3839 | if (V != InitVal) |
Chris Lattner | 10f2c2e | 2008-11-20 06:38:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3840 | Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) |
| 3841 | << InitVal.toString(10); |
Chris Lattner | cb33ae1 | 2007-08-28 05:27:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3842 | } |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3843 | |
| 3844 | // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. |
Chris Lattner | 6ea9bd4 | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3845 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) |
Chris Lattner | aff63f0 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3846 | NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, |
| 3847 | (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3848 | else |
Chris Lattner | aff63f0 | 2008-01-14 21:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3849 | NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, |
| 3850 | (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3851 | |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3852 | // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). |
| 3853 | if (AllElementsInt) |
| 3854 | AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3855 | } |
| 3856 | |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. |
| 3858 | // FIXME: Support attribute(packed) on enums and -fshort-enums. |
| 3859 | QualType BestType; |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3860 | unsigned BestWidth; |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3861 | |
| 3862 | if (NumNegativeBits) { |
| 3863 | // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of |
| 3864 | // int/long/longlong) that fits. |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3865 | if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | BestType = Context.IntTy; |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3867 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 3868 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3869 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | d7f64cd | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3870 | |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3871 | if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3872 | BestType = Context.LongTy; |
| 3873 | else { |
Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3874 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Ted Kremenek | d7f64cd | 2007-12-12 22:39:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3875 | |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3876 | if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3877 | Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); |
| 3878 | BestType = Context.LongLongTy; |
| 3879 | } |
| 3880 | } |
| 3881 | } else { |
| 3882 | // If there is no negative value, figure out which of uint, ulong, ulonglong |
| 3883 | // fits. |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3884 | if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3885 | BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3886 | BestWidth = IntWidth; |
| 3887 | } else if (NumPositiveBits <= |
Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3889 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; |
Chris Lattner | 8cd0e93 | 2008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3890 | } else { |
| 3891 | BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3892 | assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3893 | "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); |
| 3894 | BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; |
| 3895 | } |
| 3896 | } |
| 3897 | |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3898 | // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match |
| 3899 | // the type of the enum if needed. |
| 3900 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { |
| 3901 | EnumConstantDecl *ECD = |
| 3902 | cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(static_cast<Decl*>(Elements[i])); |
| 3903 | if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an |
| 3906 | // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each |
| 3907 | // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the |
| 3908 | // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" |
| 3909 | // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. |
Chris Lattner | 6ea9bd4 | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3910 | if (ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy) { |
| 3911 | // Make sure the init value is signed. |
| 3912 | llvm::APSInt IV = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 3913 | IV.setIsSigned(true); |
| 3914 | ECD->setInitVal(IV); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b5e34f | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3915 | |
| 3916 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3917 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 3918 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 3919 | // enumeration. |
| 3920 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | continue; // Already int type. |
Chris Lattner | 6ea9bd4 | 2008-02-26 00:33:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | } |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3923 | |
| 3924 | // Determine whether the value fits into an int. |
| 3925 | llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); |
| 3926 | bool FitsInInt; |
| 3927 | if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || !InitVal.isNegative()) |
| 3928 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getActiveBits() < IntWidth; |
| 3929 | else |
| 3930 | FitsInInt = InitVal.getMinSignedBits() <= IntWidth; |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match |
| 3933 | // the enum decl type. |
| 3934 | QualType NewTy; |
| 3935 | unsigned NewWidth; |
| 3936 | bool NewSign; |
| 3937 | if (FitsInInt) { |
| 3938 | NewTy = Context.IntTy; |
| 3939 | NewWidth = IntWidth; |
| 3940 | NewSign = true; |
| 3941 | } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { |
| 3942 | // Already the right type! |
Douglas Gregor | 6b5e34f | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3943 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3944 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 3945 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 3946 | // enumeration. |
| 3947 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3948 | continue; |
| 3949 | } else { |
| 3950 | NewTy = BestType; |
| 3951 | NewWidth = BestWidth; |
| 3952 | NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); |
| 3953 | } |
| 3954 | |
| 3955 | // Adjust the APSInt value. |
| 3956 | InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); |
| 3957 | InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); |
| 3958 | ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. |
Chris Lattner | 8c6dc7a | 2009-01-15 19:19:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3961 | if (ECD->getInitExpr()) |
Ted Kremenek | 0c97e04 | 2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | ECD->setInitExpr(new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr(), |
| 3963 | /*isLvalue=*/false)); |
Douglas Gregor | 6b5e34f | 2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3964 | if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) |
| 3965 | // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an |
| 3966 | // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its |
| 3967 | // enumeration. |
| 3968 | ECD->setType(EnumType); |
| 3969 | else |
| 3970 | ECD->setType(NewTy); |
Chris Lattner | ca01d0a | 2007-08-29 17:31:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3971 | } |
Chris Lattner | 206754a | 2007-08-28 06:15:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3972 | |
Douglas Gregor | 8acb727 | 2008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | Enum->completeDefinition(Context, BestType); |
Chris Lattner | 4b00965 | 2007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3974 | } |
| 3975 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4f7f441 | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | Sema::DeclTy *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
Sebastian Redl | 91f9b0a | 2008-12-13 16:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3977 | ExprArg expr) { |
| 3978 | StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>((Expr*)expr.release()); |
| 3979 | |
Douglas Gregor | af8ad2b | 2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3980 | return FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, AsmString); |
Anders Carlsson | 4f7f441 | 2008-02-08 00:33:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | } |
| 3982 | |